Home Blog

Factors to Consider Before Picking Quick Loans for Bad Credit

0
Factors to Consider Before Picking Quick Loans for Bad Credit

You’ll Need Money

The first thing you should consider before deciding on an online lending company is how much cash is required. It is contingent on the situation you’re in and the kind of loan you’re receiving. For instance, lenders may be more expensive; consequently, it’s important to make sure you’re able to repay the loan on time prior to receiving it.

The most basic rule is that the larger the amount you require the longer it takes the lender to give it in the shortest amount, but smaller amounts less than $600 can be provided. The interest rate typically is lower for smaller amounts, which means it’s easier to repay, https://www.paydaynow.net/.

The Loan’s Terms and Conditions

When you apply for any type of loan you have the option of choosing the dates for repayment or a schedule. So, it is important to choose the terms and conditions according to your income and your flow of cash.

Lenders provide detailed loan terms and conditions once you are approved to borrow the money. Things like the APR the loan period, loan term, and the total amount are all included in these terms. Consider these terms and ensure you understand what you’re getting into.

APR and Interest Rate

Before choosing a lender, look over the attractive rates available and choose the most suitable one. The APR and the interest rate can be determined by many aspects including your credit rating, the amount required in repayment, repayment duration, income, and more. A bad credit score or a bad credit history generally will result in a higher rate of interest.

Select a lender with an agreed-to interest rate for the entire duration of the repayment term. If you are offered a loan that has different interest rates it could be expensive in the end.

Customer Service

Customer service is an essential factor when selecting the one that provides bad credit loans that are guaranteed approval. While some lenders can provide outstanding customer service, that is available 24/7 every day of the week. However, some firms are unable to respond after the loan is approved. You should instead choose one that can assist in processing, issues, or refunds as well as payments. Utilizing a platform like this can save you lots of time as well as energy if there are any issues.

Payment Time

It is common to bargain with the lender when deciding on a repayment schedule and determine it based on your stability in the financial market as well as income. The lender can provide a variety of repayment plans based on the kind of loan they offer. Furthermore, the borrower can decide to select the type of payment that they prefer, which could be in the form of installments or a complete amount to be paid.

Penalties

The biggest issue when it comes to getting emergency loans for poor credit is the penalty and charges for late payments deadline. Thus, you should choose a firm with flexible payment options and low penalties in the event that there is a problem. In the end, the process of borrowing will be simple and you can repay the loan without no need to pay any additional charges or fees.

Beyond these be sure that the business you are choosing to partner with is dependable and has worked with similar situations. Consider picking one of these companies since they have a wide variety of loans and other financial tools.

Hundreds of youth groups across the country will benefit from a £380m youth investment fund

Hundreds of services, facilities and organizations for young people in impoverished areas will benefit from a cash injection as the government begins providing its £380m Youth Investment Fund.

The Fund was designed to create, improve and expand local youth facilities and services across the country, to support the health, well-being and skills of young people for work and life, wherever they are. live.

Funding of £12m has been fast-tracked to local youth services where supply currently falls far short of demand. This will help to improve access to services, trusted youth workers and dedicated facilities for young people.

The funding will help expand the scope and range of services offered, meet demand and reduce operating costs. It will be used to cover small-scale capital improvements such as the supply of new laptops to youth groups, small building and facility upgrades and transport improvements, such as the supply of a new minibus for a youth club so that it can ensure the safety of young people and expand activities beyond their territory.

Nigel Huddleston, Minister for Sport, Tourism and Civil Society, said:

We want every young person, no matter where they come from, to have the chance to get the best start in life.

Today, we’re kicking off the rollout of our National Youth Guarantee and putting more money into improving access to services for young people where they’re needed most.

Here are some examples of those supported by the fund and announced today:

  • Carlisle Youth Zone, which provides a safe meeting place for young people, especially those living in poverty, family breakdown and at risk of being involved in anti-social behavior. It has been awarded a grant worth £48,770 to create a welcoming space in its current building with a new lighting system and sustainable furnishings. This has already resulted in an increase in new members and more young people coming to use the center for study sessions, peer mentoring, one-on-one discussions with youth workers, as well as wellness sessions.

  • Simple Norfolk CIO in Thetford, which provides services and volunteering opportunities to young people from low-income families who are new to the UK. He has been awarded a grant worth £19,924 to fund new equipment for woodworking sessions which helps to increase skills and job opportunities.

  • Aptitude Organization in Coventry, which aims to help children and young people facing poor mental health to develop new skills, improve their mental well-being and reduce the risk of anti-social behaviour. He was awarded a grant worth £18,046 for building improvement materials that made the building a warmer and more welcoming space, alongside kitchen and play equipment. It helps young people learn and develop new skills through meaningful activities.

Funding applications were assessed by BBC Children in Need as the intermediary funder.

Today’s announcement is part of the government‘s ‘National Youth Guarantee’ which will ensure young people across England have access to more activities, trips away from home and opportunities to volunteerism, supported by an investment of £560 million.

This includes building or renovating up to 300 facilities for young people over the next three years through the Youth Investment Fund, offering the Duke of Edinburgh’s Prize to every public secondary school for the first times, as well as increased access to service projects or the opportunity to learn new skills in money management or public speaking through the National Citizen Service.

The pledge will mean that by 2025 every young person in England will have access to regular extracurricular activities, adventures away from home and volunteering opportunities as part of the government’s commitment to improving opportunities for all young people. . This includes all ages 11-18, and up to age 25 for those with special educational needs and disabilities.

Simon Antrobus, CEO of BBC Children in Need said:

We are incredibly proud of the work that has been done in Phase 1 of the Youth Investment Fund with DCMS.

A wide range of grants have been awarded, from providing minibuses to enable children living in neglected areas to access youth care, to upgrading buildings so that young people facing mental health have a safe place to go and talk to a trusted adult.

This funding will make a huge difference to the way these projects carry out their crucial work across England and have a lasting effect on the children and young people they support.

The application process for the remaining £368m tranche of the Youth Investment Fund is due to start in the summer of 2022. Youth services in 45 local authorities and over 600 district neighborhoods across the regions the most disadvantaged in England will be eligible to apply.

Ahead of that, the government also launched a competition to identify four organizations across England to pilot at least four new facilities for young people. Successful organizations will receive funding to pilot a range of new facility concepts and the delivery process associated with their construction. Further details, including eligibility, can be found on our gov.uk page.

ENDS

Notes to editors: * Applications have been solicited from local authorities, district councils, voluntary organizations and housing associations, and have been assessed by BBC Children in Need, Intermediary Grant Maker for Phase 1 of the Youth Investment Fund , which distributed £12 million in funding to the winning grant. recipients. A full list of funded projects is available here.

  • Further details on the eligibility criteria for the first tranche of the Youth Investment Fund can be found here. DCMS has developed a detailed methodology that underpins the selection of areas.

  • The £380m Youth Investment Fund includes capital and resource funding.

  • The National Youth Guarantee follows the completion of a review of DCMS spending on programs for out-of-school youth. The review, which was announced in 2020, engaged around 6,000 young people and 175 youth sector organisations, and found that:
    • The Covid-19 pandemic has had an unprecedented impact on young people – their mental health and wellbeing have declined, with anxiety levels at their highest level in 12 years – and they have seen the biggest increase unemployment for all age groups.
    • Youth services are an essential part of the response to these challenges, providing benefits for well-being and employability skills.
    • Going forward, young people would like the government to prioritize regular clubs and activities, adventurous travel and support for volunteering in their local communities.
  • The government has listened to these young people and has created the new National Youth Guarantee, which will ensure that long-term government spending on youth programs is focused on supporting the mental well-being of young people and developing life skills. life and work. In response to feedback from youth organisations, he will ensure government funding for youth is co-ordinated, improves accessibility across all regions, so that no young person is left behind as the nation recovers from the pandemic.

  • The full findings of the government’s review of public spending on out-of-school youth programs can be found here

The parking meter deal is getting worse for Chicago taxpayers, the annual audit shows

In their failed attempt to block Bally’s $1.7 billion River West Casino, members of the downtown city council warned that the deal was rushed – like the one that privatized Chicago’s parking meters – and that taxpayers “still… would get worse.

That grim prediction is hard to imagine given the results of accounting giant KPMG’s recent parking meter audit.

It shows Chicago parking meter revenue is almost back to pre-pandemic levels. After falling to $91.6 million in 2020, they rose to $136.2 million last year.

The increase is due to a recovering Chicago economy and hundreds of new metered parking spaces in Montrose Harbor and busy neighborhood streets created under Mayor Lori Lightfoot’s 2021 budget.

With 61 years remaining on the 75-year lease, Chicago Parking Meters LLC has now recouped its entire $1.16 billion investment and an additional $502.5 million.

Abu Dhabi retail investors would have done even better if they hadn’t brought in a new investor and borrowed $22 million at 15% to weather the pandemic. This loan was repaid in full last year.

In addition, four municipal parking garages earned $22 million, up 37.5% from last year’s $16.2 million.

Thanks to increased traffic and a further increase in tolls, the privatized Chicago Skyway made $114.3 million. That’s a 34.7% increase in revenue and well above Skyway’s annual revenue of $92 million in 2019, the year before the no-door zone was closed.

Not a dime of that revenue relieved Chicago taxpayers, who were absorbing a $76.5 million increase in city property taxes after a $94 million increase in property taxes the year before.

The parking meters, downtown garages, and skyway were all unloaded by then-Mayor Richard M. Daley, who used the money to avoid raising property taxes while city employees’ pension funds sank deeper into the hole.

Of those three deals, the parking meter lease was the biggest political nightmare for the two mayors who inherited it and the council members who approved it with lightning speed.

Initially, there were steep rate increases, including for downtown parking, which went from $3 an hour in 2008 to $6.50 an hour in 2013. Now it’s $7 an hour.

Motorists were so outraged by the rate hikes that they smashed the parking meters and boycotted them, leading to a dramatic reduction in on-street parking. Revenue eventually recovered — until the pandemic.

After the privatization of the parking meters, the tariffs were increased.

Tyler LaRiviere/Sun Times

The latest audit proves again how great the deal was for private investors.

Even though Chicago Parking Meters LLC lost a third of its annual revenue in 2020, the system still generated enough money this year to pay out a $13 million distribution to investors.

The total revenue was far greater than the $23.8 million in meter payments in 2008, the year before CPM acquired the system. That’s because the mayor and city council, afraid of risking a political backlash by raising parking meter fees themselves, decided to relieve parking meters rather than directly entrust LAZ Parking with managing a new-technology city system instruct.

Investors recovered an additional $6.7 million through a contract provision that required the city to compensate investors for each acreage taken out of service.

These include temporary road closures for special events, sewer repairs and other construction projects, as well as road closures that have allowed restaurants and bars to serve more customers outdoors when indoor capacity was restricted, if not prohibited.

In 12 full years since the meters were privatized, the city has made $78.8 million in true-up payments.

That’s true even after then-Mayor Rahm Emanuel tweaked the fine print and reduced the city’s liability in 2013 by increasing the hours and days motorists pay for parking.

Taking into account the newly reported figure for 2021, private investors have already raised $2.1 billion from the deal, in part through three refinancings. The most recent $1.2 billion refinancing was completed in 2019.

Now that park revenue has returned to normal, the company should end up earning at least six times more than investors invested over the life of the deal.

The results of the most recent audits were provided to the Chicago Sun-Times by attorney Clint Krislov. As director of the IIT Chicago-Kent’s Center for Open Government Law Clinic, Krislov has reviewed dozens of transactions and produces an annual analysis of each year’s results.

“These three deals turned out to be payday loans. You were so short-sighted. They took the quick buck and ignored the fact that they were burdening the city with horribly structured, undervalued deals that would cost the city decades to come,” Krislov said Thursday.

“The city should have just hired a parking lot operator to update the technology and run the system for the city. If they had done that and gotten a better price for all three assets, Chicago today would have between $3 billion and $4 billion more than those three deals combined.”

Scott Burnham, a spokesman for Chicago Parking Meters LLC, declined to comment on the audit.

Although the rental of parking meters is the deal that council members and their constituents are happy to hate, Krislov again argued that it “pales” in comparison to the Skyway deal.

A decade after investors gave the city more than $1.83 billion to lease the Skyway for 99 years, the rights to operate the privatized freeway and rising tolls have been handed over to a consortium of three Canadian 1st-year pension plans $1 billion more than the original price.

“Canadian pension funds spent $2 billion to buy the Skyway and it’s doing well. It would have worked well for the city if the city had just hired an operator to operate the skyway,” Krislov said.

Krislov tried to outlaw the meter and garage deals because the city cannot legally sell the public roads.

He further claimed the garage deal both restricted development in the Loop and imposed huge penalties on the city, like the $62 million the city spent to compensate owners of the Millennium Park and Grant Park garages after the City purchased the Aqua building at 225 N Columbus Drive to open a competing garage.

Both lawsuits were dismissed after the Emanuel government defended the deals.

As mayor-elect, Lori Lightfoot promised to revisit the parking meter deal and try to find a way to break the lease, shorten it, or sweeten the sour conditions for taxpayers.

She called it a “burr under your saddle” that “rubs and rubs,” but her administration has done nothing to remove it.

“We know they call when the phone doesn’t ring like they say,” Krislov joked, paraphrasing a Randy Travis song.

Krislov got serious and said he would have been more than happy to team up with City Hall to “fight this thing”.

“Would the city council have said: ‘This is not a legal transaction. The city cannot agree to selling right of way to private parties in this type of deal. “We might have managed to get the city out of it,” he said.

Danny Drinkwater departure calls Chelsea switch ‘a business move gone wrong’

0

Danny Drinkwater has apologized to Chelsea fans for a “business decision gone wrong” as he confirmed the end of his five years at Stamford Bridge.

Drinkwater’s loan spell at Reading ended last week, and the 32-year-old has also announced his official departure from Chelsea.

The former England midfielder joined the Blues from Leicester for £35million in 2017 but failed to make a significant impact at Stamford Bridge.

From injury gluts to off-field issues, Drinkwater never managed to warm up to his task in west London.

The former Manchester United trainee helped Leicester win the league in 2015 but now finds himself a free agent, after four loans in three years to end his spell at Chelsea.

“My time at Chelsea is over, it’s really strange writing this,” Drinkwater posted on Instagram.

“I, the club and the fans are extremely disappointed, there’s no doubt about that.

“The injuries, the way I was treated, the mistakes I made, the problems off the pitch, the lack of playing time; the list of excuses could be endless but I wouldn’t and can’t not change what happened.

“Football is a fantastic sport, but for both parties it was a business decision gone wrong, it’s as black and white as that.

“To the Chelsea fans, I apologize for how this happened.

“I wish you could see me at my best in this shirt doing what I love.”

Danny Drinkwater, left, has traveled to Reading this season (John Walton/PA)

Drinkwater was banned from driving for 20 months in 2019 after an accident while exceeding the drink-driving limit.

Later that year, he was caught up in an altercation at a nightclub and has been fighting to rebuild his career ever since.

“I’m going to look at the positives over the last five years,” Drinkwater said.

“I’ve played with great players, coached by awesome managers, worked with brilliant staff, met fantastic people, lived in beautiful places, traveled the world and won even more silverware.”

Truespeed adds 5 Somerset areas to FTTP broadband rollout

0

UK ISP Truespeed, which is currently focused on rolling out a 10Gbps capable Fiber to the Premises (FTTP) broadband network in rural Bath and Somerset, England, today announced that it is investing An additional £8m of its budget to be expanded to additional premises in 5 towns and villages.

The operator, which has so far covered 200 communities across Somerset and confirmed last year that it had run a “ambitious goal of reaching 500,000 properties within five years(i.e. by the end of 2026), is currently funded by a £175m Aviva investment.

REMARK: The provider usually offers “free broadband for life» to schools and associations through its network (100 sites have already benefited from it).

The good news is that another 9,500 premises (residences and businesses) in the towns and villages of Peasedown St John, Midsomer Norton, Radstock, Keynsham and Saltford have now been added to their rollout plan (Truespeed already has an existing network in part of the last three locations).

Construction and development works are already well advanced in the five zones. Customers at Peasedown St John, Saltford and Keynsham can expect to be online in mid-summer, followed closely by Radstock and Midsomer Norton which will be commissioned by the end of summer 2022.

James Lowther, CEO of Truespeed, said:

“We are delighted to extend our existing network in Radstock, Keynsham and Saltford so that more people can benefit from Truespeed’s ultra-reliable fiber optic connectivity. Expansion into new areas including Peasedown St John and Midsomer Norton will provide homes and businesses with better access to superfast broadband, essential in everyday life.

Truespeed is working hard to deliver an exceptional broadband experience to all of our customers and improve connectivity across the region.

Customers of the service typically pay from £40 per month for a symmetric 150Mbps speed plan over an 18-month contract term (currently reduced to £25), rising to £70 for their top tier of 900Mbps (currently reduced to £49). The service also includes free phone service, installation and a heavily restricted router. Currently, you can also get the first 3 months of service for free.

The ISP has also frozen its prices until May 2023 and offers a 30-day money-back guarantee.

UPDATE 11:09

Truespeed informed us, for the first time, that they have so far completed coverage for 40,000 premises, which, it should be noted, is somewhat short of their original target of 75,000 by the end of 2021, set a few years earlier. No one ever said rural FTTP builds were easy…or fast.

New leader and top team unveiled at Somerset County Council

0

A new leader and manager were announced at Somerset County Council’s annual general meeting – the first since the May election.

Liberal Democrat councilor Bill Revans was confirmed as leader of the Council and announced that Cllr Liz Leyshon would take on the role of deputy leader.

Councilor Mike Best was elected as Council Chair and Councilor Hazel Prior-Sankey as Vice-Chair. The nominations were proposed by the Liberal Democrat Group and unanimously backed by councilors at the meeting.

The Council cabinet will be replaced by an executive, with cabinet members now known as senior executive members and junior cabinet members known as senior associate members.

In his address to the full Council, Cllr Revans said: ‘I am determined that within the limits set by the government, this administration will strain every element of what a unitary council can do to support our vision of a Somerset fairer, greener Somerset, more flourishing Somerset. A Somerset that cares and listens to all its people.

“Under our leadership, the new Somerset Council will be built on the shared values ​​that run through our communities. In building a team to realize this vision, I invited members of my group to support me as core executive members. Given the volume of work they will have to put this process in place in the next ten months, I have also asked ten Associate Core Members to support them. »

The new Principal Executive Members and their areas of responsibility are as follows:

  • Deputy Leader of the Council and Senior Member of Finance and Human Resources – Cllr Liz Leyshon
  • Core Member for Children and Families – Cllr Tessa Munt
  • Senior Adult Social Care Member – Cllr Heather Shearer
  • Core Member for Transport and Digital – Cllr Mike Rigby
  • Core Member for Public Health, Equalities and Diversity – Cllr Adam Dance
  • Senior Member for Local Government Reorganization and Prosperity – Cllr Val Keitch
  • Core Member for Environment and Climate Change – Cllr Sarah Dyke
  • Senior Member for Development and Assets – Cllr Ros Wyke
  • Core Member for Communities – Cllr Federica Smith-Roberts

Senior Associate Members (formerly known as Junior Cabinet Members):

  • Associate Senior Member for Governance and Communications – Cllr Derek Perry
  • Senior Associate Member for Finance – Cllr Peter Seib
  • Associate Principal Member for Education – Cllr Caroline Ellis
  • Adult Associate Senior Member – Cllr Mike Stanton
  • Associate Principal Member for Transport and Digital – Cllr Mike Hewitson
  • Associate Senior Member for Public Health – Cllr Ross Henley
  • Associate Principal Member for Economic Development and Foreign Investment – Cllr David Woan
  • Associate Principal Member for Environment and Climate Change – Cllr Dixie Darch
  • Associate Senior Member for Development and Assets – Cllr Sarah Wakefield
  • Associate Senior Member for Communities – Cllr Nicola Clark

The executive will be responsible for all Somerset County Council services and overseeing the local government reorganization program to establish the new single unitary council on April 1 next year. Then, from April 1, 2023, they will be responsible for all services currently provided by the county and four district councils, ranging from social care for adults and children to highways and housing, and from libraries to planning and licensing. .

Cllr Revans added: “It is important to us that this council has a positive relationship with the residents of Somerset. And we all know that the key to any successful relationship is listening. I want us to be a listening board. Use the shift to unity and the development of local community networks to give residents a real role in shaping the functioning of the new council. It is a riding of communities and I want the voices of the communities to be heard.

How to spot predatory lenders

  • Loan sharks are illegal lenders, often part of organized crime, who use threats and violence to get their money back from borrowers.
  • Although loan sharks are less common with a decline in organized crime, vulnerable people are still victims of robbery loans.
  • If borrowing money from loved ones isn’t an option, consider secured credit cards or second-chance banking as an alternative.

As the name suggests, loan sharks prey on vulnerable people who have no other options. They are usually associated with organized crime, which is becoming more common on TV than on the streets.

However, these vulnerable borrowers still exist. Over time, loan sharks have evolved into a new, technically legal form of lending to take advantage of these people: predatory lenders.

What is a loan shark?

A loan shark is a type of predatory lender, often an element of a larger criminal organization that lends money to outside borrowers. These loans often carry high interest rates, usually above the state legal maximum. Repayment is usually enforced with threats and the use of force.

Loan shark victims are typically vulnerable people who are desperate for cash right away. They either don’t have time to wait for loan approval or they don’t qualify for any loan. Loan sharks operate locally, so a victim is usually “someone in the neighborhood who knows someone who has the money on the street,” says Jeffrey Cramer, a senior executive at Signpost solutions and former New York City Attorney. “Loan sharks don’t advertise. So it’s mostly word of mouth.”

That’s how loan sharks work

Most loan sharks offer smaller, short-term loans. “We’re not talking about a mortgage on a house or anything. It’s usually several hundred, several thousand dollars, money that they owe right now,” says Cramer. This loan comes with high interest rates that are usually insurmountable for the people who usually need to look for an alternative financial service.

How to find a loan shark

Knowing where to find loan sharks is important to avoid them altogether.

Fortunately, you’re unlikely to encounter a loan shark in the first place because they’ve largely fizzled out with the decline in organized crime. Cramer also says that most people who borrow from loan sharks know what they’re getting into but have no alternative, so you don’t accidentally bump into a loan shark.

However, you could quickly find yourself in a similar situation if you take out a loan with a high interest rate. “The concept of a loan shark has been built into these, let’s call them, predatory lending companies,” says Cramer. These predatory loans often disregard the borrower’s ability to repay. “They won’t break your legs, it’s all done under the paint of the law. They’ll garnish wages; they’ll send a debt collector.”

Alternatives to robbery loans

While loan sharks are largely a thing of the past, their potential victims are still very much present. A Morning Consult 2021 survey found that 10% of American adults are unbanked — meaning they don’t have a checking or savings account — and 25% are unbanked — meaning they have a savings or checking account but do have one within a year of responding to the survey alternative financial service used.

These households do not have access to financial institutions for a variety of reasons – they don’t trust financial institutions, they are undocumented, they cannot qualify due to previous credit failures. A large portion of this group simply cannot afford the fees involved or the minimum deposit requirements. “If you can go to a bank or borrow money with a credit card, it’s infinitely cheaper,” says Jack Miller, strategic finance advisor at real estate bees and founder of Gelt Financial, LLC. “But there is a large part of the population that is just underserved.”

Instead of turning to financial institutions, these borrowers turn to alternative lending companies with high interest rates. Payday loans are a good example. Also known as cash advance loans, these loans give borrowers instant access to small amounts of money — typically $500 or less — with high interest rates. Repayment is made on the next payday of the borrower.

These loans can be attractive to struggling borrowers because they do not take into account the borrower’s ability to repay the loan. However, this rate can quickly become a problem if it turns out that the borrower does not have the funds to repay the lender.

Miller says the best option for the unbanked is to borrow from a loved one, either a family member or a friend. Of course, this may not be an option for everyone because “in a lot of communities, the friends and families don’t have that money,” Miller says. If that’s the case, here are some alternatives:

Second chance banking: Banks often offer a stripped-down version of a checking account for people with complicated credit histories. The sign-up process typically skips the credit check, but comes with some caveats. For example, people with these bank accounts typically don’t have access to a debit card to avoid overdraft fees. They also usually come with lower monthly fees and lower minimum balances.

Secured Credit Cards: Another option for those with a checkered credit history could be a secured credit card. These are credit cards backed by a security deposit that you leave when you open the card. These credit cards often overlook credit errors or the lack of a credit history. The minimum security deposit is usually around $200 depending on the credit card, but you can get it back if you close the credit card.

Not only do they offer a line of credit and the ability to rebuild your balance, they also offer lower APRs than unsecured credit cards because the debt is already covered by that deposit.

These options don’t directly solve the US underbanking problem, but they’re a start. “You really have to take every little step you can to push her in the right direction,” Miller says.

Renewal of non-executive directors of DBS

Mary Cunneen and Samantha Durrant have both been reappointed as non-executive directors of the Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) board. Mary was reappointed for a second term of two and a half years and Samantha was reappointed for a second term of three years.

Mary Cunneen

Mary Cunneen’s reappointment began April 1, 2022 and was conducted in accordance with the Public Appointments Governance Code.

Career

Mary Cunneen has served as a non-executive director on the DBS board since April 2019. She is chair of the compensation committee and a member of the people and change management committees. Mary is also a council equality champion.

A lawyer by profession, Mary has worked in the private sector, non-governmental organizations and government. She began her career as a criminal defense lawyer before becoming director of law and policy at Liberty, director of Anti-Slavery International, human rights adviser to the Foreign Office and a lawyer Principal at the Equality and Human Rights Commission.

Most recently, Mary was Commissioner of the Independent Police Complaints Commission (IPCC), overseeing substantial change and expansion. A board member and responsible for public confidence in the police complaints process, she has led high-profile investigations into police conduct, including deaths in custody, corruption and serious sexual assaults. She led the IPCC Child Sexual Abuse Board and oversaw the development of IPCC strategy and procedures, as well as numerous investigations into police handling of child sexual abuse cases. children.

In addition to her role at DBS, Mary is also chair of the National Referral Mechanism multi-agency committees, reviewing Home Office decisions on the status of victims of trafficking and slavery.

Samantha Durant

Samantha Durrant’s reappointment began on April 1, 2022 and was conducted in accordance with the Public Appointments Governance Code.

Career

Samantha Durrant has been a non-executive director on the DBS Board since April 2019. Samantha is a member of the Quality, Finance and Performance Committee and the Audit and Risk Committee and chairs the Change Management Committee .

Samantha has worked as a senior executive in a wide range of public and private sector organizations. His executive responsibilities included business change, IT, client management, legal, governance and operations. Samantha is also a non-executive director of NHS Sussex Commissioners and the Insolvency Service.

DBS Board Members

Board members are personalities from outside DBS who bring a mix of expertise and skills from the public and private sectors. They:

  • monitor performance
  • define the strategic direction of DBS
  • support and challenge management on the implementation of DBS’s strategic direction
  • ensure that legal obligations are fulfilled

Members of the DBS Board of Directors are appointed following an open and fair competition and in accordance with the Code of Governance for Public Appointments. Appointments are for an initial period of 3 years, with the possibility of renewal.

Bridgwater and Taunton College host annual awards ceremony

0

BRIDGWATER & Taunton College (BTC) held their annual Learning Awards ceremony at the McMillan Theatre.

The annual awards ceremony brings together their employer partners, apprentices and staff for an evening of celebration.

The judges had the unenviable task of narrowing down the record number of nominations to just 15 winners to receive recognition for their hard work and contribution to their organization.

Guest speakers Caroline Noon, Head of Learning at the National Trust, and Kathryn Tanner, Electrical Design Apprentice at Cavendish Nuclear, with Andy Berry, Principal and Chief Executive of Bridgwater & Taunton College

The winners were announced by Matt Tudor, Director of Business Development, Strategy and Partnerships.

Matt said: “The achievements of our apprentices are outstanding which makes the judging process difficult.

“The opportunities offered by our employer partners are staggering, from working on oil rigs and submarines to contributing to the well-being of the most vulnerable in our community, with apprentices contributing from the start to organizations.

Somerset County Gazette: Georgia Sellick and Joshua Wilkins, Rising Star of the Year winnersGeorgia Sellick and Joshua Wilkins, winners of the Rising Star of the Year award

“The skills learned on the job will prepare apprentices for great careers in their chosen fields. »

The evening included videos of employers and apprentices describing their work with guest speakers Caroline Noon, Head of Learning at the National Trust, and Kathryn Tanner, Electrical Design Apprentice at Cavendish Nuclear, delivering keynote speeches on the importance learning for organizations and how they fill the skills gap in the UK.

The event was kindly sponsored by Learning Curve, NCFE, Tradebe Inutec, Whittlesea Mortgages, the Colleges Partnership, Notebook Assessment Services, University Center Somerset, the McMillan Theatre, the Walled Gardens of Cannington, the National College for Nuclear and the Quantock Restaurant .

Rising Star of the Year was awarded to co-winners Georgia Sellick and Joshua Wilkins. Georgia, who is currently embarking on her Level 3 apprenticeship as a chef de partie, has gone from pot washer to chef de partie in her own right.

The fact that her teammates dubbed her “Hero” says it all. As part of his job, Joshua recently had to complete his basic sea survival and emergency training.

This was a week-long hands-on training covering HSE for work in the North Sea, survival suits, underwater rebreathers, firefighting, first aid, lifeboats, rescue pods and helicopter evacuation.

Intermediate Apprentice of the Year was awarded to Mia-Ann Churchley, who completed her Level 2 apprenticeship in adult social care, working at the Rectory care home. Mia’s employers said “Mia is way beyond her years with her attitude towards life in general.”

Somerset County Gazette: Mia-Ann Churchley Intermedia Apprentice of the YearIntermediate Learner of the Year Mia-Ann Churchley

The Advanced Apprentice of the Year was awarded to Chiara Giannetti, who is currently completing her Level 3 veterinary apprenticeship.

Chiara’s employer, the Vale Vet Group, said of her that “despite balancing work, night shifts and hybrid online delivery during the COVID lockdowns, Chiara passed all of her exams and assignments for the first time, and achieved distinction marks in most of them”.

Somerset County Gazette: Advanced Apprentice of the Year Chiara GiannettiAdvanced Apprentice of the Year Chiara Giannetti

Senior Apprentice/Diploma of the Year was awarded to Ryan Sanders, who is completing his Level 4 Farm Business Management apprenticeship, and in his nomination, his employer said: ‘On a recent visit, I saw him confirm a large order with a livestock company, discuss a finance deal on a tractor and negotiate a price for diesel. It was quite overwhelming.

Work Experience/Industry Placement Individual of the Year was awarded to Christopher Moore.

Somerset County Gazette: Work Experience/Industry Placement Person of the Year Christopher MooreWork Experience/Industry Placement Individual of the Year Christopher Moore

His employer, Apuljack Electronics, is so impressed with his dedication and willingness to adapt and learn that he told him that a full-time job would be available to him upon completion of his course.

Small Employer of the Year was awarded to Matravers Engineering, a small family business that now has over 25 apprentices who have completed their training, with their current apprentices working with local schools to promote engineering.

The Average Employer of the Year was awarded to Ensinger Plastics Ltd, which has run an apprenticeship scheme for over 25 years, invests heavily in training and takes pride in the retention of its apprentices.

The Large Employer of the Year was awarded to the NHS Somerset Foundation Trust, which not only faced immense pressure in the face of the Covid-19 pandemic, but also continued to invest in and support learning, development and staff welfare throughout.

Most recently, they partnered with the College to launch the first-ever Associate in Nursing program for continuing education trainees and a registered nursing apprenticeship program.

They also offered internships to 18 BTC T Level Health (Nursing) students and, in the 20/21 academic year, supported 43 people in non-nursing apprenticeships within the trust.

Employer of the Year in Work Experience/Industry Placement was awarded to Rebecca Anne Designs, a one-man business that designs bespoke bridal veils.

Rebecca, the owner of the company, said she remembered the opportunities from her own internship and wanted to be able to emulate that experience for students wanting to work in her growing industry.

The T-Level Employer of the Year went to Willmott Dixon, who said of their work placements, “We treat our work experience students as if they’re part of the team. We think it’s extremely important that they have real building experience”.

The BTC Champion for Apprenticeships or Industry Internships from Employer of the Year was awarded to the Environment Agency.

The Environment Agency currently employs over 150 Apprentice Water Environment Workers (WEWs).

WEW learning has been running at the Environment Agency for just over two years and they have managed to host seven cohorts to date.

The College would like to congratulate all finalists and winners for their successes.

Bridgwater & Taunton College currently works with over 1,400 employers, from local micro-businesses to global corporations.

It is also the only UK college to have received a National College and Institute of Technology, and is well on its way to achieving its ambitions of being a world-class provider of further and higher education.

For more information on apprenticeship studies at Bridgwater & Taunton College or if you are looking to recruit an apprentice, visit our website or email business@btc.ac.uk.

Here are more photos from the event.

Somerset County Gazette: Matravers Engineering Small Employer of the YearMatravers Engineering Small Employer of the Year

Somerset County Gazette: Ensinger Plastics Ltd Average Employer of the YearEnsinger Plastics Ltd Average Employer of the Year

Somerset County Gazette: Major Employer of the Year NHS Somerset Foundation TrustMajor Employer of the Year the NHS Somerset Foundation Trust

Somerset County Gazette: Work Experience/Industry Placement Employer of the Year Rebecca Anne DesignsIndustrial Work Experience/Internship Employer of the Year Rebecca Anne Designs

Somerset County Gazette: T-Tier Employer of the Year Willmott DixonWillmott Dixon T-Level Employer of the Year

Somerset County Gazette: Apprenticeship or Industry Placement Champion Environment Agency Employer of the YearApprenticeship or Industry Placement Champion Environment Agency Employer of the Year

Biden: the United States would intervene with the army to defend Taiwan | Don’t miss it

0

A White House official said Biden’s comments did not reflect a shift in policy for the United States, a point echoed more forcefully by Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin, who was asked by reporters if Biden’s response Biden was indicating that the United States would do more to help Taiwan than it has done to help. Ukraine and whether the United States would commit to sending troops to help Taiwan in the event of an invasion.

“As the president said, our one-China policy has not changed,” Austin told the Pentagon. “He reiterated this policy and our commitment to peace and stability across the Taiwan Strait. He also underscored our commitment under the Taiwan Relations Act to help provide Taiwan with the means to defend itself. So, again, our policy is not changed.

But Biden’s words drew a strong backlash from mainland China, which claimed Taiwan was a rogue province.

Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman Wang Wenbin expressed “strong displeasure and resolute opposition” to Biden’s comments. “China has no room for compromise or concessions on issues involving China’s core interests such as sovereignty and territorial integrity.”

He added, “China will take firm measures to safeguard its sovereignty and security interests, and we will do as we say.”

Speaking alongside Japanese Prime Minister Fumio Kishida, Biden said any effort by China to use force against Taiwan would “simply not be appropriate”, adding that it would “disrupt the whole region and be another similar action.” to what happened in Ukraine”.

China has intensified its military provocations against democratic Taiwan in recent years, aimed at intimidating it into accepting Beijing’s demands to unite with the communist mainland.

“They’re already flirting with danger right now by flying so close and all the maneuvers that are being undertaken,” Biden said of China.

Under the “One China” policy, the United States recognizes Beijing as the government of China and has no diplomatic relations with Taiwan. However, the United States maintains unofficial contacts, including a de facto embassy in Taipei, the capital, and provides military equipment for the defense of the island.

Biden said he “expects” China won’t try to take over Taiwan by force, but he also said “it depends on how hard the world makes it clear that this type of action will lead to long-term disapproval by the rest of the community.

He added that deterring China from attacking Taiwan was one of the reasons why it is important that Russian President Vladimir Putin “pay a high price for his barbarism in Ukraine”, lest China and other countries do not have the idea that such an action is acceptable.

Wanting no escalation with nuclear-armed Russia, Biden quickly ruled out bringing U.S. forces into direct conflict with Russia. But the United States sent billions of dollars in military assistance that helped Ukraine put up a stronger-than-expected resistance to Russia’s onslaught.

Taipei applauded Biden’s remarks, with Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Joanne Ou expressing “heartfelt welcome and gratitude.”

“China’s challenge to the security of the Taiwan Strait has caused great concern in the international community,” Ou said. “Taiwan will continue to improve its self-defense capabilities and deepen cooperation with the United States, Japan and other like-minded countries to jointly uphold the security of the Taiwan Strait and the international order based on rules, while promoting peace, stability and prosperity in the Indo-Pacific region.

It’s not the first time Biden has pledged to defend Taiwan against a Chinese attack, followed by administration officials saying there has been no change in US policy. In a CNN town hall in October, Biden was asked about using the U.S. military to defend Taiwan and replied, “Yes, we are committed to doing that.”

Taiwan isn’t the only foreign policy issue the White House has clarified or backtracked on Biden’s comments. When he declared in March that Putin was a war criminal, then-press secretary J en Psaki said the president was “speaking from his heart” even though no legal findings had been made on the matter.

During a March speech in Poland, Biden said of Putin, “This man can’t stay in power.” White House officials rushed to say Biden was not calling for regime change in Russia.

Biden’s latest comments on Taiwan came just before he officially launched a long-awaited Indo-Pacific trade pact that excludes Taiwan.

White House national security adviser Jake Sullivan confirmed on Sunday that Taiwan is not among the signatory governments to the Indo-Pacific Economic Framework, which aims to allow the United States to work more closely with major Asian economies. on issues such as supply chains, digital trade, clean energy and anti-corruption.

The inclusion of Taiwan would have upset China.

Sullivan said the United States wants to deepen its economic partnership with Taiwan on a one-to-one basis.

___

Miller reported from Washington. Associated Press writer Darlene Superville in Washington contributed to this report.

Ukrainians will continue to fight even if surrounded, Western officials say

0

Ukrainian forces will continue to fight even if surrounded by the Russian advance in Donbass, Western officials have said.

Following the final fall of the port city of Mariupol, the Russians seek to cut off the entrenched Ukrainians around the strategically important city of Severodonetsk.

The city is seen as key to the Russians taking full control of the Donbass region in eastern Ukraine, which has been partly held by pro-Moscow separatist rebels since 2014.

Western officials said that while a higher number of Russians meant they would eventually succeed in encircling the “Severodonetsk pocket”, that did not necessarily mean defeat for the Ukrainians.

An official said that although no more aid could get through, the Ukrainians had shown they were ready to continue the fight, inflicting further damage on the Russian military machine.

“I think a lot of it depends on political will.

“The Ukrainians do not want to cede any territory.

“They want the Russians to fight for a very small part,” the official said.

“If these forces continue to fight, they serve an important military function, degrading Russia’s ability to advance and allowing time for Ukrainian forces to continue improving their defenses elsewhere.

“From the point of view of death, escaping might be desirable but from a military point of view and from a political point of view, the Ukrainians will intend to fight.

“We would expect them to fight for every bit of territory they can.”

The assessment came as President Volodymyr Zelensky issued a fresh appeal to the international community to step up financial support for his country while continuing to tighten sanctions against Moscow.

In a video address to the World Economic Forum in Davos, he said: “Here is what the sanctions should be: they should be maximum, so that Russia and any other potential aggressor who wants to wage a brutal war against his neighbor know clearly consequences immediate of their actions.

Meanwhile, Western officials have played down Lithuania’s call for an international naval coalition to lift the Russian blockade of the Black Sea port of Odessa, which is cutting off vital grain exports to the rest of the world.

An official said that in practice this could only be achieved with the agreement of the Russians, which seems unlikely.

“I think the thing we should rule out is any sense that it could be done without Russian permission,” the official said.

“They have the ability to target both ships entering and leaving Odessa and Odessa itself.

“Trying to do so without their consent would obviously increase the risk of there being an incident.”

Citrus North explained the different types of loans offered by Canada

Interest rates can be an extremely difficult subject to understand, especially for people unfamiliar with the rules and regulations governing borrowing in Canada. Understanding the concept of interest rates is something you cannot master on your own. Here is a brief description of the different types of loans.

1. Payday Loans

The payday loan can be anywhere from two weeks to two weeks to a month. You can withdraw up to $1500, but the balance due is due when your next paycheck is due, so you must pay on time. In the event that a payday loan cannot be repaid, the borrower has the option of taking out another loan or overdrafting their account until the next payout.

If you are looking for specific areas, you can search for “payday loans in Kamloops” and go through the regulations applicable to that specific area. These loans feature high interest rates, typically around $25 for every $100 borrowed.

However, there are cheaper options that you can take advantage of. Certain loans offer interest rate reductions when you make a direct deposit or pre-authorized transfer to the credit card. Payday loan companies that offer the service online, such as CitrusNorth: Immediate Approval.

2. Credit line credit loans

The unsecured credit line, also known as a credit loan, is a form of overdraft facility that can be used to pay certain costs. For example, if you are traveling and have additional expenses related to your travel plans, these may be paid for through lines of credit or lines of credit.

This is also known as a credit loan. The procedure is simple. You can borrow any amount and pay the interest until the loan is paid off in full.

If you are looking for more money, this is possible. The amount you can spend is unlimited. However, there are some limitations. Some people are not eligible to get these loans as they are credit loans.

If the credit is not good, chances are you will be rejected. Line of credit is generally not that expensive compared to payday loans, however, they are still dependent on creditworthiness.

3. Student Loans

If you have just graduated from college or are attending college or university or university under certain circumstances, student loans may be the right choice. They differ from other types of loans in that, rather than requiring collateral for a loan, applicants are required to show that they are currently enrolled at the institution or have completed a course at the institution.

They allow you to withdraw the amount you want depending on your financial situation and the tuition fees you currently have to pay. Additionally, there are no fees as they do not rely on credit scores as a method of determination.

Many students do not recognize the requirement to repay loans immediately with withdrawals from their accounts or through the scholarship office of the university or college they attend and pay the scholarship department.

4. Citizenship Loan

Citizenship loans are offered to people who have recently recognized citizenship in Canada. This type of loan is generally offered to people who need cash to pay for their application or travel expenses.

These are usually small sums of money that have a return. There are no fees as this is a short-term loan and you must repay it immediately. Assuming everything goes according to plan, it could take as long as a week for the loan to appear on your credit card.

To qualify for the loan, you do not need to show that you have good credit, but in certain situations when you first apply for a loan after you have been approved for the loan, they will look over the details of your credit report.

5. Unsecured Loans

The unsecured loans do not require collateral and are usually given to those with a good credit history and low interest rates. The people who qualify for this type of loan are usually the ones who need funds to cover unplanned expenses or pay for a longer period of time.

For example, you may qualify for an unsecured loan if you need money to renovate your home or pay for a major procedure.

What you can receive generally depends on the conditions of your work and your income. However, there are other types of loans that are secured, such as the loan amount in case of default collateral being called.

6. Secured Loans

Secured loans are usually given to those who have a bad credit history. Because they are people with poor credit ratings, these loans generally have a higher interest rate, which means you will be charged higher interest rates on the loan.

Due to the higher interest rates and poor credit rating, this type of loan is usually secured by collateral. Because of this, you can get as much as $25,000 depending on the type of security you want to test.

If you want to get a secured loan, you must be at least 18 years old, but there is no age limit if you can show that you can meet the financial obligation. The type of loan has to be repaid within a certain period of time as specified by your lender.

What advantages do loans offer?

They are vital for numerous reasons. They allow you to achieve your goal of owning your own home even if you don’t have enough funds in your account. Another reason for loans is that they allow those with bad credit to still get cash and may help improve their credit situation.

You can get a loan that is unsecured and does not pay a higher interest rate. Another reason credit might be necessary is that it allows businesses to expand and grow, as most businesses need money to start their business or to increase the scale of their business.

Torben A Carlsen out Citrus North notes that credit is a powerful tool that can be used in many ways. The other benefit of credit is the fact that it helps individuals become financially independent by helping them start their own business, buy a home, or pay for medical expenses that might otherwise not be feasible.

Other articles from mtltimes.ca – totimes.approxotttimes.ca

Caerula Mar Club a New Standard in Paradise – South Andros Bahamas

SHAN SWIMSUIT

The hottest bikinis for 2022 – SHAN Collection from Montreal

UK government releases new advice on monkeypox

Anyone at high risk of having monkeypox should self-isolate for 21 days, the UK government said in its latest guidance.

Guidance from the UK Health Safety Agency now recommends that people who have had “unprotected direct contact or high-risk environmental contact” be isolated for three weeks.

This includes banning travel, providing details for contact tracing and avoiding direct contact with immunocompromised people, pregnant women and children under 12.

Those considered to be at high risk of having caught monkeypox may have had household contact, sexual contact, or changed bedding of an infected person without wearing proper PPE.

The agency also says they are being offered a smallpox vaccine.

The advice comes after Dr Susan Hopkins, the authority’s chief medical adviser, warned that monkeypox was spreading through community transmission.

The agency has confirmed 20 cases in the UK so far.

Dr Hopkins said updated figures for the weekend will be given on Monday as she warned of more cases “on a daily basis”.

The disease, first discovered in monkeys, can be transmitted from person to person through close physical contact, including sexual intercourse, and is caused by the monkeypox virus.

Dr Hopkins warned that doctors are seeing community transmission, with cases mostly identified in people who identify as gay or bisexual, or men who have sex with men.

“We’ll post updated figures tomorrow – figures for the weekend,” Dr Hopkins told BBC One.

“We are detecting more cases every day and I would like to thank all those people who come for testing at sexual health clinics, GPs and emergency services.”

When asked if there was community transmission in the UK, she replied: “Absolutely, we are finding cases that have no identified contact with an individual from West Africa, which we have seen previously in this country.

“Community transmission is largely centered in urban areas and we see it primarily among people who identify as gay or bisexual, or other men who have sex with men.

“We recommend anyone who changes sexual partners regularly or is in close contact with people they don’t know to come forward if they develop a rash.

“There is no direct vaccine against monkeypox, but we use a form of smallpox vaccine – a third-generation smallpox vaccine that is safe for people who come into contact with cases.

“So we don’t use it in the general population. We use it in people who we think are at high risk of developing symptoms, and we use it early, especially within four or five days of the onset of symptoms.

“For contacts, it reduces your risk of developing disease, which is how we are focusing our vaccination efforts at this stage.”

Updated: May 23, 2022, 00:58

!function(f,b,e,v,n,t,s) {if(f.fbq)return;n=f.fbq=function(){n.callMethod ? n.callMethod.apply(n,arguments):n.queue.push(arguments)}; if(!f._fbq)f._fbq=n;n.push=n;n.loaded=!0;n.version=’2.0′; n.tail=[];t=b.createElement(e);t.async=!0; t.src=v;s=b.getElementsByTagName(e)[0]; s.parentNode.insertBefore(t,s)}(window, document,’script’, ‘https://connect.facebook.net/en_US/fbevents.js’); fbq(‘init’, ‘797427810752825’); fbq(‘track’, ‘PageView’);

Bristol Airport apologizes after 90-minute delays and closed security checkpoints

0

Bristol Airport has issued an apology to passengers who experienced long waits this morning as only ‘half the security points’ were open during peak hours.

After weeks of similar queues and delays at the airport, this morning saw even longer queues, with some passengers saying the queue for check-in and security was around 90 minutes. In a tweet, posted around 6:24 a.m., a passenger also said that “only half of the security checkpoints” were open and that service personnel were having “an insane amount of time dealing with the chaos”.

In a statement from Bristol Airport, a spokesperson said: ‘We are sorry that customers experienced an above average check-in and security queue this morning during peak hours (Sunday May 22. We are working closely with all business partners and airline handling agents to ensure there are sufficient staff to provide good service and our average wait time for security is 30 minutes.

READ MORE: Closure of the A38 road near Bristol Airport begins tonight as passengers are urged to plan

“We are constantly reviewing resources in all areas and adapting plans to meet demand and build resilience where possible to ensure service standards are consistent throughout the day. We appreciate the frustration felt by customers currently and rest assured, our teams are working exceptionally hard to support customers throughout the airport journey.

“All business partners continue to recruit and train new colleagues, but this takes time. We advise all customers to check with the airline when their check-in/baggage drop desk is open and to arrive in the terminal at this time – do not arrive too early as customers will not be able to check in.

From tweets, messages and comments from passengers, it seems that the longest queues seem to happen in the morning. Just days ago, Bristol Live reported that there had been longer queues caused by delays at security, with footage showing passengers queuing outside the airport just to get away. record.

There have been a series of IT problems recently, among the staff shortages the airport is facing. But the queues all seemed to disappear throughout the day – one traveler this week tweeted it was ‘organized chaos’ saying it was ‘very busy but well run’.

Bristol Airport bosses said they were working with airlines to address persistent issues of long queues at check-in and security gates that regularly frustrate passengers. The airport advises people to check with their airline for check-in or baggage drop-off times, and to arrive at that time – and not to arrive too early.

Bristol Airport has a large number of flights scheduled each day within the hour after 6am – and has advised passengers that they may need to arrive up to three hours before, to clear the various check-ins and security doors.

The problems have seen queues of people so long they stretch out of the terminal and onto the road this week.

Photographer’s delight turns to heartbreak after long-awaited health diagnosis has no cure

0

A photographer has shared how her joy at finally receiving a diagnosis after years of suffering turned to grief. Chloe Lawrence, 24, had hoped that finally finding out what led to her constant pain would solve the problem.

But she was devastated after doctors told her there was no cure. Now she is speaking out to urge others to “trust your instincts” if you feel something is wrong.

Chloe said she was a “normal, active kid” without any health issues until she was 11. Suddenly his joints started making crackles that could be triggered by something as simple as laughing.

But this led to a sharp, stabbing pain that eventually became a dull, lingering ache. She spent days bedridden, ravaged by pain, and missed two years of secondary school, which saw rumors of her death circulating among her classmates, reports the Liverpool Echo.

Believing it could be a growth spurt or anxiety, doctors suggested she wait. But the pain continued and despite years of searching for answers, none were found.

Chloe’s mother continued to search for answers as the crackle spread to her daughter’s kneecaps, knocking them out of place. Her symptoms continued to evolve, with “loose” skin developing around her ankles, which she thought was weight gain.

It was then at the age of 22 that the photographer, originally from St Helens, was diagnosed with hypermobile Ehlers-Danlos syndrome. According to the NHS, it is one of a group of inherited conditions affecting the connective tissues that support skin, tendons, blood vessels, organs and bones, resulting in greater range of motion in joints, stretched skin and fragile skin that breaks or bruises easily.

Chloe, who has been the same height since she was 11, said: “I was so happy, because all these years I said to my mum, ‘If I can finally get a diagnosis, it means I can get treatment and there will be a solution,’ and then we were told there was no treatment, just pain management.”

Although there is no specific treatment for Ehlers-Danlos syndromes, physical therapy can help strengthen joints and prevent injuries. Ehlers-Danlos Support UK said: “EDS cannot be ‘cured’, but many people learn over time to control it and lead full and active lives.

“Daily management of most types of EDS is based on the right kind of exercise, physical therapy, and stimulation. Additionally, you should seek referrals for any associated conditions you may have.”

Opinions vary on how common this ‘rare’ condition is, with some studies suggesting it affects one in 5,000 people. A study published in the British Medical Journal in 2019 found it in one in 500 people, around 70% of whom were women. According to the study, it takes an average of more than eight years longer for women to be diagnosed with Ehlers-Danlos syndrome.

An earlier diagnosis would have made a difference for Chloe, including avoiding counterproductive suggestions to treat her pain and joint issues. She has been told to try yoga, which is “one of the worst things” she can do.



Chloe’s skin is tight and fragile

Chloe said: “The problem is that my body stretches too much. My joints are stretched too much. They can just come apart. Since yoga is all about stretching, I would just stretch my body.”

Having answers as a teenager when symptoms first appeared would also have saved Chloe from setbacks caused by missed classes and negative feedback from other students. She said: “It was kind of hard to get out of the mindset that all the pain had put me in, and be joyful and happy to make friends.

“I really missed the friends I already had, and I was such a big lover of school before. I loved learning, I loved going to school. It was something that I was really passionate about. I was in the higher sets, then after that I got dropped a set or two.”

Chloe fortunately had understanding and supportive tutors at university who nurtured her love of photography. But she wishes it hadn’t taken so long to get a formal diagnosis explaining the symptoms she’s been living with for so long.

he said: “Please trust your instincts when something is wrong. Take your child to the doctor, go to the doctor yourself.

“It took over a decade for me to be believed and diagnosed, and even though they didn’t believe me, they still gave me painkillers. They tried in their own way to help.”

For more stories of where you live, visit InYourArea

Trooping the Color Stand Collapse: What We Know So Far

0

Sections of the spectator stand collapsed, injuring five people in a parade of color rehearsal in central London.

Three people were taken to hospital and a total of five were treated for injuries following the incident at Horse Guards Road on Saturday morning, London Ambulance Service (LAS) said.

The event, which is the Major General’s review of the parade before Queen’s Jubilee celebrations on June 2, saw dozens of spectators turn up to watch.


READ MORE: Toast The Queen with the best Tesco drinks of the last seven decades

READ MORE: Platinum Jubilee: BBC’s Party at the Palace set unveiled


However, shortly before 11 a.m., one of the stands gave way, injuring three people, one of whom was taken to hospital.

Shortly after, part of another stand collapsed and two more people were injured. One of them was taken to hospital.

Emergency authorities assisted the injured and evacuated the grandstand before the parade was cut short and the entire area evacuated.

An Army spokesman said: ‘During the Major General’s review on Horse Guards Parade, two parts of the viewing stand unfortunately caved in resulting in a small number of injuries.

“Emergency services were called to assist the injured and others were safely evacuated from the stands.

“Safety is our number one priority and we are working urgently with our partners and relevant organizations to understand what happened and ensure it doesn’t happen again.”

LAS said three patients were treated and discharged at the scene, but transport to hospital was arranged for one of the patients later in the day.

A spokesperson said: ‘We were called at 10.59am to report an incident on Horse Guards Road, SW1.

“We sent a tactical response unit, an ambulance team, two bicycle responders and an incident response officer.

“We worked alongside St. John Ambulance volunteers to treat five people at the scene.

“We took a patient to a major trauma center as a priority.

“St. John Ambulance took a second patient to a major trauma center on a priority basis.

“We have discharged three patients to the scene. We then arranged transport to the hospital for one of these patients.

Household Cavalry troops during the Brigade Major’s Review at the Horse Guards Parade on Thursday. Photo: PA

Alex O’Grady, 34, from Bromley, told the PA news agency the incident was “surreal”, a “terrible situation” and “people were in tears at the scene”.

He said: “We heard a loud bang – we thought someone had fallen down the steps at the start, turned around to see a hole in the floor of the second row from the front of the grandstand A.”

Mr O’Grady said he saw a woman screaming over the hole at a man, whom he presumed to be her husband, but there was no response and paramedics quickly began treating the man .

He added: “There was also a young child who had a scrape on his knee, another man who was obviously worried and the woman was inconsolable.”

Another witness told the PA news agency: “There was a loud bang and then a scream and a voice shouting ‘help, help’.

“A number of ambulances were there and stretchers were brought out for the injured.”


READ MORE: 7 tips for drivers during the Jubilee bank holiday weekend

READ MORE: What the Queen’s palaces are worth today


One Twitter user wrote: “It was a fun experience to watch until we stood up for the national anthem, the stand next to us collapsed with someone falling.

“They cut the procedure short and the police started to evacuate us for safety reasons because there had already been two collapses with the fear of more.

“It was certainly a very ‘British’ experience with us queuing for an hour to watch horses and soldiers parade.”

Financial literacy coursework could become a requirement for Montana schools next year | Montana News

When Butte resident Mike Paffhausen graduated from Carroll College in 2009, the school gave him a thin, purple book that he said changed his life. It was titled Life After Graduation: Your Guide to Success.

Paffhausen went on to create a to-do list on a few blank pages at the end of the book that were full of points the book advised. The list was a page plus a few, and included things like “buy life insurance,” “make a budget,” and “make a will.”

He still owns the book today and has crossed every item off the list within two years of reading it.

The book and the lessons learned from it were pivotal to Paffhausen’s life, he said, and since then he has been determined to ensure other young adults benefit from those lessons.

“Finances are like sex, religion and politics,” said Paffhausen. “It is no longer discussed at the table; it’s inappropriate and taboo, and it shouldn’t be. And it’s really inappropriate in families where they’re not good with money. So then we perpetuate poverty.”

Paffhausen’s many efforts to improve the community’s financial literacy include working with Carroll, local high schools, through his church, and even raising funds to continue buying books for future seniors.

Last summer, he told the board of directors of the National Association of Insurance and Financial Advisors Montana, of which he is a member, about his goal of providing guaranteed personal finance courses to every high school student in Montana. Paffhausen and other proponents call it guaranteed rather than required—as in all high school students, a financial literacy class is guaranteed.

Paffhausen came into contact with Next Gen Personal Finance, a non-profit organization that he said had worked with him and the board of NAIFA MT for most of the year to achieve their goal. Paffhausen was introduced to Carly Urban, a PhD economist. in Economics and Associate Professor at Montana State University in Bozeman, through Next Gen.

In October 2021, Paffhausen spoke at the Montana Association of Business Professionals of America Fall Leadership Conference as part of the NAIFA MT. Paffhausen said he spoke at a roundtable with teachers from the organization about guaranteed financial literacy instruction at Montana high schools, and that they were all “resoundingly supportive,” urging him and the NAIFA MT board to move forward.

In January, he became President of the National Association of Insurance and Financial Advisors Montana.

On Tuesday, Urban, who is a leading researcher in the field, presented her findings on guaranteed personal finance courses in schools at the 2022 NAIFA MT State Convention at the Fairmont Hot Springs Conference Center near Anaconda, where NAIFA MT members who were not in attendance were the board was present.

About literacy courses

The thinking behind financial literacy in schools is that high school seniors need to make many very important financial decisions when they graduate and should learn about money before they start earning it.

The case for financial literacy, Urban said during her presentation, is found in her favorite pastime: data. According to her research, only 27% of 23-28 year olds can correctly answer three basic questions about interest rates, inflation and diversification.

“And when I say basic questions, I mean, ‘You have $100 today, the interest rate is 2%, how much money will you have next year? Are you going to have more than $100, exactly $100 or don’t you know exactly?'” Urban said.

She said her research also found that 54% of student loan borrowers didn’t calculate their future monthly payments before deciding to take out a loan, and a statistic she found really insightful: 38% of 18-34 year olds reported using alternative finance services, such as payday loans, in the past five years.

Urban called these alternative financial services a “debt trap for young people”.

“If you want to make sure that as a young adult or in your lifetime you can never start a small business, start with the payday cycle,” she said.

When her research looked at states that guaranteed financial literacy courses as a graduation requirement, they found that first-year graduating class creditworthiness was unchanged up to age 23, and 90-day loan defaults fell by 1.4%. The second graduating class had a 16-point improvement in credit score and a 3.4% decrease in 90-day delinquency, and the third graduating class had a 32-point score increase and a 5.8% 90-day decrease -Offending by age 23. Urban called the results of the third cohort of high school students “huge.”

Her research also shows that people want finance classes in schools, with 88% of respondents in a 2022 survey saying high school students should be required to take a semester or a year-long course in personal finance.

Student loan repayment rates for first-generation and low-income students and a shift from expensive to inexpensive borrowing methods also rose with guaranteed financial literacy courses, and payday loans declined. Students who had guaranteed financial literacy in high school were 21% less likely to have credit card balances on them. Additionally, their research found that students from low-income families were helped the most by this requirement.

However, Urban says there is no evidence that guaranteed financial literacy courses increase the likelihood of opening a retirement account, retirement account, or home ownership.

She said that’s because most college students by age 16, 17 and 18 are thinking about what’s happening right now, like car loans and student loans, and they’re not ready to think about retirement or home ownership.

Guaranteed personal finance courses also do not change graduation rates, college attendance rates, college graduation rates, income, or jobs.

According to Urban’s presentation, eight states in the country guarantee financial literacy courses for every high school student, and another five are in the early stages of implementation.

The reason these courses need to be mandatory and not optional, Urban said, is because research shows that the fact that they’re optional makes no difference in a student’s future credit score, borrowing habits, or loan default rate.

Paffhausen said in addition to the other benefits of guaranteed financial literacy courses studied, it is an impartial cause that everyone he spoke to supports.

State of Courses in Montana

Eight Montana schools currently require financial education, including Absarokee High School, Anaconda Sr. High School, Box Elder High School, Hamilton High School, Polson High School, St. Ignatius High School, Sweet Grass County High School and Victor High School, according to Urban’s presentation.

About three weeks ago, according to Paffhausen, the efforts that he and the board of NAIFA MT had made paid off. Paffhausen and Urban were able to meet with Elsie Arntzen, Montana Superintendent of Public Instruction, and found a home for their cause in her.

According to documents from the Montana Office of Public Instruction, the updated administrative regulations of Montana Chapters 55, 57 and 58, which provide guaranteed financial literacy for high school students, would go into effect in January 2023, if adopted.

Currently four English Language Arts units, three Maths units, three Science units, three Social Studies units, two Vocational and Technical Education units, two Arts units, one Health Promotion unit, two World Languages ​​units and two elective units.

The proposed rule changes include adding a required half credit for civics or government to the three units of social studies, and adding a required half credit for economic and financial literacy to either the three units of social studies or the two units of career and technical education, according to materials from OPI.

Urban’s research shows that social studies is actually the best course to implement financial literacy, not math as some people might think.

There will be challenges, Paffhausen said, and those are primarily “strategic and tactical issues” in delivering the coursework, like training existing teachers to teach personal finance and finding space for the new content in the high school curriculum.

According to research on the required personal finance courses in Peru, the teachers of the classes also benefit. The teachers involved in the Peru study saw their savings increase after teaching the class because they, too, were learning about personal finance in a more entertaining and digestible way than personal finance is sometimes explained to adults.

The cost for schools can also be free, according to Urban, as Next Gen Personal Finance offers high-quality, free teacher training and accreditation, as well as a free curriculum.

Arntzen also said she will provide personal finance units to be taken as part of the 60 units teachers must complete every five years to maintain an active teaching license.

Paffhausen said NAIFA MT is just the right organization to champion this cause. “What organization is better suited to bring this conversation to the forefront?” he said. “Everyone in this room had clients we sat across from who we wished had gotten a better start and received a simple, basic education on how money works.”

And although NAIFA MT is an advocacy organization, Paffhausen said advocating guaranteed personal finance courses doesn’t directly benefit them.

“Society doesn’t know who NAIFA Montana is and never will,” he said. “We have no discernible earnings advantage.”

As for his own children, he said they will learn about financial literacy one way or the other. But he said he believes in this cause for all the other kids who might not, and ultimately because it’s a good thing to do.

Public Notice: Somerset Wetlands NNR

National Parks and Countryside Access Act 1949

Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981

Declaration of National Nature Reserve

Somerset West and Taunton, South Somerset, Sedgemoor and Mendip districts

County of Somerset

Notice is hereby given that:

Under section 19(1) of the National Parks and Countryside Access Act 1949 and section 35(1) of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 and all other powers enabling them in this respect, Natural England has, by Somerset Wetlands National Nature Reserve No 01 Declaration made on 4th May 2022, declared that the National Nature Reserves of Bridgwater Bay, Ham Wall, Huntspill River, Shapwick Heath, Somerset Levels and Westhay Moor are extended and collectively shall henceforth be known as Somerset National Wetlands Nature Reserve.

Pursuant to Section 19(3) of the National Parks and Countryside Access Act 1949 (as amended) and all other powers enabling them in this respect, Natural England declares that the land of ‘a total area of ​​78.15 hectares or thereabouts shown hatched and shaded in yellow on Map No. 7 annexed to the said declaration, lying in the districts of Mendip and Sedgemoor in the county of Somerset, (which land was included in the declaration Ham Wall No. 01 made by The Nature Conservancy Council for England on 19 July 1995) ceased to be owned by Natural England and is now owned and managed as a nature reserve by the Royal Society for the Protection of Birds.

The extension land totaling 2,274.16 hectares or thereabouts shown in plain hatching or hatched and shaded in yellow on the maps accompanying said declaration, situated in the districts of Somerset West and Taunton, South Somerset , Sedgemoor and Mendip in the County of Somerset, was acquired and is held by Natural England or is held by the Environment Agency, Hawk and Owl Trust, National Trust, Royal Society for the Protection of Birds, Somerset Wildlife Trust and Wildfowl and Wetlands Trust, bodies approved by Natural England to hold and manage national nature reserves.

The said land now having a total area of ​​6138.92 hectares or thereabouts is managed as a nature reserve, and Natural England is satisfied that the land is of national importance.

And pursuant to Section 19(3) of the National Parks and Countryside Access Act 1949 (as amended), and all other powers enabling them in this respect, Natural England declares that the land aggregating 1.24 hectares or thereabouts shown hatched and unshaded on Map No. 7 appended to the said declaration, lying in the district of Mendip in the county of Somerset, (which land was included in the Shapwick Heath National Nature Reserve No 05 Statement made by English Nature 29th September 2006) ceased to be owned and managed by Natural England as a nature reserve.

The statement and associated maps can be viewed on the Natural England website at: https://www.gov.uk/government/collections/national-nature-reserves-formal-notice-of-new-or -extended-sites

Rachel Williams, Area Manager for Wessex,
on behalf of Natural England.

Archer Building Company officials charged with insurance fraud

0

Three El Dorado Hills executives have been charged with insurance fraud related to the alleged formation of a second company to avoid paying insurance premiums.

Three El Dorado Hills executives have been charged with insurance fraud related to the alleged formation of a second company to avoid paying insurance premiums.

Getty Images/iStockphoto

The owner of the Archer Building Co. in El Dorado Hills and two company executives face charges related to the alleged theft of more than $125,000 from the state workers’ health insurance fund.

John Allison, 63, of Rocklin, company chairman Troy Williams, 49, of Angels Camp and Nanci Morman, 68, of Somerset, the company’s controller and accountant, have all been charged with multiple counts of insurance fraud, the California Department of Insurance said in a news release.

Bail was set at $15,000 each for each of the individuals on Monday by El Dorado County Superior Court Judge Douglas Phimister.

Company officials did not return phone calls from The Bee.

The three defendants allegedly conspired together to illegally lower the company’s workers’ compensation rate after the company increased rates in 2016, the Department of Insurance says.

Allison, listed as the owner on the company’s website, is accused of forming a second company, Allison Development. Archer Building Co’s payroll was transferred to the new company from 2016 to 2020 to avoid paying exact insurance premiums, the press release said.

“In 2020, Allison Development’s workers’ compensation policy was rescinded and employees transferred to Archer Building Company,” the statement read.

The investigation, the statement said, found that Archer Building Co. and Allison Development attempted to defraud the state fund of $127,795 due to lower bonus payments.

Morman was the accountant and person responsible for insurance audits for both companies, according to the statement.

The next court hearing in the case is scheduled for May 26. The El Dorado County District Attorney’s Office is the prosecutor in the case.

Archer Building, client and construction company, insists on its ethics on its website.

“Starting with the simple but hugely important philosophy of ‘The Golden Rule’ and associating it with honesty, we strive to treat our customers, customers and employees the same way we like to be treated “, said the company.

Related Sacramento Bee Stories

Randy Diamond is a business reporter for The Sacramento Bee.

Lloyds and Halifax branch closures – full list

0

Other branches of Lloyds and Halifax are set to disappear from the high streets as their owner announced 28 more closures. The move will see 20 Lloyds Bank branches and eight Halifax branches closed between August and November.

Owner Lloyds Banking Group said the drop in usage was to blame. The Unite union said the decision affected 69 workers.

Lloyds Banking Group – which also owns the Royal Bank of Scotland – said each of the affected branches had an ATM or free post office within a mile, reports the Mirror.

A spokesman for Lloyds Banking Group said: “It remains true that online and mobile banking services continue to grow, as branch usage declines. On average, visits to these 28 branches have fallen by 60 % since 2016, when we now have 18.6 million regular online banking customers and over 15 million mobile app users.”

Caren Evans, Unite National Officer, said: ‘Branch closure today announced yet another for-profit financial institution fails to address the needs of consumers and staff beggars. This news is another example of a bank choosing to distance itself from communities that need access to banking services.

“The actions of Lloyds Banking Group over the past few months are completely inexcusable. The management let down the customers and their dedicated staff.

“These closures will leave some customers more than 10 miles from their nearest bank branch. It is a betrayal of some of the most vulnerable, elderly and socially excluded people in our communities who need local access to community banking services.

Unite said more than 5,000 branches of banks and building societies have closed since 2015. The new closures mean the banking group will have closed 88 branches by the end of 2022.

The full list of bank branch closures announced today is below.

Closure of Lloyds branches

Norwich Heartsease – 23/08/2022
Thatcham – 24/08/2022
Ashby de la Zouch – 08/25/2022
Billborough Nottingham – 08/31/2022
Broadstone – 08/31/2022
Letchworth – 09/01/2022
Nottingham Hyson Green – 06/09/2022
Oadby – 06/09/2022
London – 07/09/2022
Verwood – 07/09/2022
Ilfracombe – 09/12/2022
Whickham – 09/12/2022
Atherstone – 09/13/2022
Hadleigh – 09/14/2022
Swanage – 09/19/2022
Ystrad Mynach – 09/20/2022
Bourne – 11/21/2022
Heald Green – 11/22/2022
Banstead – 11/24/2022
Williton – 11/24/2022

Closure of Halifax branches

Coalville – 08/22/2022
Falmouth – 07/09/2022
Hoddesdon High St – 09/01/2022
Manchester Trafford – 09/05/2022
Lewes – 05/09/2022
Walton Vale – 08/09/2022
Dover – 13/09/2022
Dorchester – 11/22/2022

Britons can access some banking services at post offices due to a link between the banks and the mail delivery institution. Banks are paying the Post Office to do this to offset the impact of branch closures.

However, this range of services is limited compared to a real bank branch. You can’t open a bank account at a post office, for example, or fix problems with your account. What you can do at a post office also depends on which bank you are with.

If you are a Bank of Scotland, HSBC or Lloyds customer, you can use all of the Post Office’s banking services – withdraw and deposit money, check your balance and deposit a cheque. But if you’re dealing with Nationwide, all you can do is withdraw money and check your balance.

3,000 evacuees from Mariupol are believed to be held in a penal colony by the Russian army

0

Ukraine’s human rights ombudsman said the Russian military is detaining more than 3,000 civilians from Mariupol in a former penal colony in the Donetsk region of eastern Ukraine.

Seven buses carrying an unknown number of Ukrainian soldiers evacuated from the Mariupol steelworks were seen arriving at the former penal colony No. 120 near Olenivka on Tuesday.

Ombudsman Lyudmyla Denisova said earlier on Telegram that the civilians were being held in the former penal colony No. 52, also near Olenivka.

She said most civilians are detained for a month, but those considered “particularly unreliable”, including former soldiers and police, are detained for two months.

Ukraine has decided to abandon a sprawling steel factory where its soldiers had withstood relentless shelling for months (AP)

Ms Denisova said among the detainees are around 30 volunteers who delivered humanitarian supplies to Mariupol as it was besieged by Russia.

It comes as the fall of Mariupol appears imminent, with Ukraine preparing to abandon a sprawling steelworks where its soldiers had held out under relentless bombardment for months, making it the biggest city to fall to the Russians. .

Much of the steelworks was reduced to rubble.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky said Ukraine was working to get its remaining troops safely out of the Azovstal steelworks.

In his nightly video address to the nation, Mr Zelensky said the evacuation mission was overseen by Ukrainian military and intelligence officers and that “the most influential international mediators are involved”.

However, hundreds of Ukrainian fighters left the Azovstal steelworks and surrendered into Russian hands.

Elsewhere, Ukrainian guerrillas reportedly killed several high-ranking Russian officers in the southern town of Melitopol, the regional administration said on Telegram.

Russian forces have occupied the city since the beginning of the war.

FILE - Smoke rises from the Azovstal Metallurgical Combine in Mariupol during a shelling, in Mariupol, in the territory under the government of the Donetsk People's Republic, eastern Ukraine, May 7, 2022
Much of the steel plant has been reduced to rubble (Alexei Alexandrov/AP)

According to the regional administration, the occupiers are trying to cover up the situation but Russian troops were more actively checking private cars in the city on Tuesday, most likely looking for the guerrillas.

No details of the killings were given and the report could not immediately be confirmed.

Throughout the war, the Ukrainians claimed to have killed many generals and other Russian officers. A few of the deaths have been confirmed by the Russians.

DUP promises ‘graduated and cautious’ response to UK government protocol

The DUP will take a “gradual and cautious” approach to re-engaging with Stormont’s power-sharing – depending on progress on legislation to override parts of the Brexit protocol, party leader Jeffrey Donaldson has said.

Mr Donaldson described the government’s announcement to table legislation that would allow it to act unilaterally to change parts of the Northern Ireland protocol as a ‘welcome step if it is overdue’.

But he stressed that his party, which refused to return to devolved government in Northern Ireland in protest at the Irish Sea trade deals, needed to see actions rather than words from London.

A new executive can only be formed in Belfast after the recent election if the DUP agrees to fill the post of Deputy Prime Minister.

DUP leader Jeffrey Donaldson (centre) leaves Hillsborough Castle after speaking to the British Prime Minister on Monday (Liam McBurney/PA)

The party has also refused to back the nomination of a new Speaker of the Assembly, meaning the Parliament Buildings legislature cannot meet.

Donaldson has made it clear that sweeping changes to protocol must be made if the party is to return to power-sharing.

Responding to the announcement made by British Foreign Secretary Liz Truss on Tuesday, the DUP leader told the House of Commons: “From the start in this House, the DUP has warned of the consequences of this protocol and that’s why we opposed it from the start, because we recognized the political and economic instability it would cause and the harm it would cause the union itself.

“Today’s statement is a welcome, albeit late, step towards resolving the issues created by the protocol and re-establishing power-sharing based on cross-community consensus.

“Therefore, we hope to see progress on a bill to address these issues in days and weeks, not months, and as the legislation progresses we will take a gradual and cautious approach.

“We want to see the Irish Sea border removed and the government honoring its commitments in the New Decade and New Approach Agreement (the 2020 agreement which restored power-sharing) to protect the place of Northern Ireland in the UK internal market.

“Today’s statement indicates that this will be covered in legislation to bring in further revised provisions.

“Under the Belfast/Good Friday Agreement, power sharing can only be stable if there is consensus on a cross-community basis. It currently does not exist on the part of the Unionist community.

“We want to see political institutions working properly as soon as possible, but to restore the confidence of trade unionists, decisive action is now needed in the form of legislation to undo the damage done by the Protocol to Acts of Union and put in place reasonable arrangements. which, in the words of the Queen’s Speech, ensure the continued success and integrity of the whole of the United Kingdom, including the internal economic links between all its parts.

“Finally, Mr President, today’s words are a good start, but the Minister of Foreign Affairs will know that actions speak louder than words and I welcome her commitment to such decisive action in this statement at home.”

“Hodgepodge”

Alliance Party MP Sorcha Eastwood said Ms Truss’ comments offered no solution to the problems with the Northern Ireland protocol.

Ms Truss’ comments were being touted as a breakthrough, but that was not the way to go, it was not what companies were asking for, she told RTÉ radio’s News at One.

The issues could be ‘examined and dealt with’, she said, but she did not think a suggestion by Ms Truss of a dual diet was ‘a follower’.

There was a “hodgepodge” of suggestions emerging, she said. “That’s a lot of revamped ideas” combined together like a fig leaf to appease the DUP.

The other parties elected to the new Assembly were ready and willing to get to work, but it appeared that their votes had not counted because of the actions of the DUP. A change was needed.

Video news

Live: Relocation of approved maternity,…

“We have a voice and we have the right to speak on behalf of the people of Northern Ireland,” Ms Eastwood said.

It was not enough for one party to resist and stop the work of others.

“Let’s continue the dialogue and make a breakthrough,” she urged.

-Additional reporting by Vivienne Clarke

Somerset win big derby on day three

0

Somerset win big derby on day three

SCORECARD

Somerset crushed Gloucestershire to claim a record LV= Insurance County Championship win by one run and 246 runs in three days at Bristol.

It was Somerset’s biggest margin of victory over their rivals, which had previously been by an innings and 170 at Taunton in 1893, a match in which WG Grace featured for the visitors.

Gloucestershire, without injured skipper Graeme van Buuren, were knocked out for 186 in their first innings to 119 overnight for four, with Jack Leach finishing with five for 49 from 25.4 overs.

There was no respite for a home side, including three new loan signings when they trailed 405 behind under cloudless skies. Leach completed game numbers of eight for 90, while teenager Jacob Bethell hit 61 for a total of 159.

Somerset took 23 points from Gloucestershire and have now won back-to-back victories after losing their opening three league matches.

With van Burren nursing a shoulder injury sustained in the field on day two, Somerset needed just five wickets at the start of the day to wrap up their opponents’ opening innings.

Bethell, on a one-game loan to Gloucestershire from Warwickshire, started with a sweet drive for four against Craig Overton and followed with another boundary in the same over.

Somerset were worried when Overton was sent off with a left knee pinch, but the all-around England man was able to return to the bowl at the end of the innings.

Josh Davey made the breakthrough for Somerset with the total of 144, hitting Ryan Higgins on the back cushion and pinning him lbw for 31, before quickly taking Zafar Gofar to the slip.

Lewis Gregory uprooted Zak Chappell’s center stump and the impressive Bethell fell front leg over back foot against Leach for 37 as Gloucestershire tipped to 152 for eight.

Final pairing Matt Taylor and Brad Wheal offered some resistance, taking the tally to 186 for eight at lunch. Taylor finished 24 steps when Wheal fell lbw on a ball from Leach that seemed to stay low.

Gloucestershire’s second innings had reached 24 in the ninth when George Scott edged Peter Siddle straight to James Hildreth at the second slip.

Marcus Harris fell on the same tally, missing a shot from Overton and catching Tom Lammonby halfway. It was 28 for three when Miles Hammond nicked a ball from Davey to wicketkeeper Steve Davies.

Higgins was caught down 16 tries to force Gregory off the back foot and by the tea Gloucestershire were in disarray at 74 for four.

Bethell had again given a lesson in technique to more experienced colleagues. But all hope of recovery was gone in the playoffs after the interval when James Bracey swept Leach and Tom Abell took an exceptional hold, one hand over his head to the back square leg.

Luck continued to desert injury-plagued Gloucestershire as Bethell slipped when called for a quick single against Leach by Zafar Gohar, who was forced to turn around and failed to beat Abell’s throw to the end of the bowler.

Chappell was knocked down on an inside edge for 20 by Overton, who then took a low hold on Leach’s second slip to take out Taylor.

Bethell’s mature batting in a slump earned him a deserved 84-ball half-century, with 8 fours. But when he swept Leach into the hands of deep-squared Lammonby, Somerset celebrated a crushing success.

At the end of the match, Somerset head coach Jason Kerr said: “Jack Leach’s contribution to the win was immense. Not only did he take wickets, but he kept up the pressure at one end while our excellent seam attack minded its business.

“Matt Renshaw and Tom Lammonby set the tone with their opening stand on day one and it was a really good team performance. We wanted to prove that our big win over Warwickshire in the previous game was no fluke. and we will continue to take things game by game.

“We lost our first three league games. But we were understaffed in Hampshire, like Gloucestershire were in this game, and it’s very difficult in the Premier League when that’s the case.

“The other two matches could have gone either way and the most impressive thing was the unity in our dressing room when the results went against us.”

Back to news

Ignore child car seat rules and risk £500 fine and penalty points

0

Drivers with children in their vehicles who ignore safety rules could face fines of up to £500. Updated Highway Code guidelines for child safety could also see drivers get penalty points for breaching them.

Failure to wear your seatbelt yourself is subject to an automatic £100 fine. However, if the case goes to court, you risk a fine of up to £500.

You could also face civil claims for damages, if (for example) you failed to transport someone else’s child safely, reports North Wales Live. And, in addition to legal penalties, failure to follow these rules could affect any claim against your car insurance coverage.

Experts at CarMats.com urged parents to continue to put their children first, which will save them from hefty fines by ensuring they follow the driving laws surrounding child car seats. Under rules 99 to 102 of the traffic laws, young people must remain in a car seat until they are 12 years old or 135 centimeters, whichever comes first.

A car seat can be chosen according to the height or weight of the child. Here we look at the settings:

Based on height: Size seats are chosen based on a child’s height so that they are the correct size for the seat. Children under 15 months must be placed in a rear-facing car seat until the age of 15 months and can sit in a forward-facing car seat.

Based on weight:

Mass

Group

Seats

0kg to 10kg

0

Extended or “side” carrier, rear-facing carrier or rear-facing infant seat using a harness

0kg to 13kg

0+

Rear-facing infant carrier or rear-facing infant seat with harness

9kg to 18kg

1

Rear-facing or forward-facing infant seat using a harness or safety shield

15kg to 25kg

2

Rear-facing or forward-facing child car seat (high-back booster seat or booster cushion) using a seat belt, harness or safety shield

22kg to 36kg

3

Rear-facing or forward-facing child car seat (high-back booster seat or booster cushion) using a seat belt, harness or safety shield

Common mistakes made by parents

1. The car seat is not installed correctly or securely

One indicator that your seat is not installed correctly is if the seat is significantly loose. If it can be moved easily, it may mean that your seat has not been installed correctly or that the car seat is not compatible with the car.

Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s manual supplied with your car seat and carefully check its fitment in your car each time it is used.

2. The child wears bulky clothes

This well-fitting down jacket can prevent your child from getting cold, but it can also be a safety risk. Added layers can add slack and reduce the defense of the car seat.

Instead, you should buckle your child into the seat first and then, for added warmth, add a blanket over it. This ensures that your child is properly strapped in.

3. Add non-essential toys to the seat

Entertaining a young child is no easy task, but strapping a toy to a child’s seat can pose a safety risk. Unless a toy or accessory is supplied with your seat or recommended by the manufacturer, it should not be used.

When detached from the seat, toys can become a theft hazard and cause a distraction while driving.

4. Straps are too loose or too tight

Your seat could be perfectly installed, but if the straps are not correctly adjusted, your child could be dislodged from the seat, leading to injuries, or worse, in the event of a collision. One way to check that the straps are properly attached is to perform the pinch test.

Simply place your fingers on the harness where it rests on your child’s collarbone. If the webbing material can be pinched and bent, the harness is too loose. Adjust the strap so that the material can no longer be pinched.

5. Switching from back to front too soon

In an effort to keep a watchful eye on children, many parents choose to move their babies into a forward-facing seat as soon as they reach the minimum age and appropriate weight at nine months or 9kg. Since young children are still developing, their necks, heads and spines are fragile and if placed in a forward-facing position too soon, they risk injuring these vulnerable areas.

Youngsters should remain in a rear-facing seat until they reach 13 kg or up to 15 months in an i-Size seat.

6. Forgetting to adjust the height of the strap as your child grows

Adjusting the harness strap height is not a one-time job – as children grow, so should the harness strap height. If the strap height does not match your child’s height, it may increase the amount of movement of your child’s body in a crash. It also increases the risk of injury.

Parents should monitor the height of the harness strap based on their child’s shoulders. In rear-facing seats, the straps should pass through the slots in the car seat below or at the same level as their shoulders. While on forward-facing seats, the straps should be above or at the same level as the shoulders.

7. Switching to a booster seat too soon

Only when a child is mature enough and reaches the height and weight limit for a car seat can they sit in a booster seat. Booster seats will come with weight and height limits and all vary based on the manufacturer’s instructions, however, there is also a maturity requirement for sitting in a booster seat.

The general rule is that children over the age of four can ride in a booster seat, but this is on a case-by-case basis. Even when your child reaches this age, if they can’t sit still in their seat, it may be worth keeping them in a child seat longer.

Two Bridgwater men in court over ‘illegal meat’

0

TWO men from Bridgwater appeared in court today (Monday May 16) charged with conspiring to sell illegal meat to the general public.

Company director Anthony Fear, 60, of The Old Ice Cream Factory, Somerset Bridge, Bridgwater, who runs Fears Animal Products Ltd, and Mark Hooper, 61, whose address also appeared as The Old Ice Cream Factory, are both charged with conspiracy to defraud between June 12 and September 22, 2020.

It is alleged that they dishonestly diverted poultry classified as an animal by-product, unfit for consumption, into the human food chain.

They are also accused of breaching or failing to comply with EU food safety and hygiene requirements between those two dates by placing poultry classified as animal by-product unfit for human consumption on the market.

Fears Animal Products Ltd, of The Old Ice Cream Factory, Somerset Bridge, Bridgwater, also faces the same two charges.

Alongside Fear and Hooper at Croydon Magistrates’ Court were Ali Afzal, 42, of East Street, Walworth and Azar Irshad, 36, of High Road, Ilford.

They face the same two charges with Barking Halal Meat and Fish Ltd, of High Road, Ilford.

The four men were released on bail to appear with the two companies at Inner London Crown Court on June 13.

Priti Patel accused of ‘taking power’ over new police proposals | Police

Police chiefs have accused Priti Patel of a ‘power grab’ which would allow the Home Secretary to intervene in local law enforcement matters and silence chiefs who want to speak out on matters issues deemed politically sensitive.

An extraordinary row erupted behind the scenes, with police bosses accusing Patel of trying to win new powers without parliamentary approval.

The vehement backlash from police chiefs and police and crime commissioners (PCCs) comes after an attempt by the government to redraft a written protocol that attempts to define where policing responsibility lies.

Parts of the plan were called “deeply dangerous” and “a power grab threatening operational independence” by a police chief. Police and crime commissioners, in a private response, described some of the government‘s proposals as “ultra vires”, meaning going beyond the legal authority of the Home Secretary.

Ten years ago, the government handed over local policing powers to PCCs as part of its localism agenda. But one government proposal makes it easier for the interior minister to intervene in such matters, while another increases the pressure on chiefs and PCCs to respond to the interior minister.

A Home Office source with extensive knowledge of Patel’s thinking dismissed the criticism. They said: ‘It’s not a power grab, it’s not a threat to operational independence, but it’s about clarifying who has the duties and responsibilities in the policing world. Shouldn’t the role of the Minister of the Interior be to ask questions? »

The row at the top of the criminal justice system in England and Wales centers on the Home Office’s attempt to overhaul the policing protocol, which was first produced in 2011 and came into force in January 2012.

The Home Office’s draft of its new version, seen by the Guardian, has been sent to police chiefs and PCCs for their input, with the consultation closing on May 2. It sets out how government, police chiefs, police and crime commissioners should work together.

It is widely accepted that after a decade updating the original version is a good idea. But the new draft protocol gives the interior minister the right to demand answers from police chiefs, which the PCCs say impinges on their role.

A police chief said the protocol had “expanded” the role of the Home Secretary beyond what is written in the law.

Another said: ‘Your party gave these powers, if they don’t like it, get them back with legislation in parliament. Many chiefs believe the way it is written now is ultra vires. They are angry.”

Since Patel became Home Secretary, her department has been keen to get more involved in policing under a policy called “lean in.” The police chief said: “They’re using the term lean. For the first time, chiefs lean.”

A Home Office source said the changes made sense and expressed bewilderment at the opposition. “We’re going to write more clearly who owns what, who can request information, and who can do various things,” they said.

The 2012 version of the protocol clearly stated that the introduction of PCCs had “enabled the Home Office to step back from day-to-day policing”.

The new version, according to police chiefs, is trying to claw back power without parliamentary approval, with Patel and his officials keen to expand his “legitimate role in keeping PCCs and CCs”. [chief constables] render accounts”, and thus facilitate the taking to task of the chiefs of police.

The proposed protocol says: “We propose to lower the threshold for intervention by the Home Secretary in appropriate circumstances. This would allow the Home Secretary to intervene earlier if necessary, reducing the risk of not providing effective policing.

The government’s proposals would also increase pressure on police chiefs to provide the Home Secretary with the information she requests, which they are not obliged to do. The document says: “In order to ensure that the Home Secretary has the necessary information to respond to the public and to parliament, PCCs and CCs should expect the Home Secretary to ask chiefs information on police matters.”

In its private response, the Association of Police and Crime Commissioners said: ‘There is no formal legal power for the Home Secretary to require the police and crime commissioner to provide information…As As such, any attempt to create legal liability for police and crime commissioners to provide information to the Home Secretary through protocol would be ultra vires.

The proposed protocol also contains a requirement that police chiefs act “in a politically neutral manner”, which has been added to the previous restriction that they must be impartial.

This is opposed by police chiefs. One chief said they would be ‘chained’ and unable to comment on public policies they believe could affect tackling crime – such as the effects of austerity. Another leader said he was so vague he could not speak publicly on issues of political conflict – such as tougher penalties or opposing the decriminalization of cannabis, which is backed by some politicians front line.

The elected police and crime commissioners have said such ‘recentralisation’ cannot be done through ‘amendments to protocol’. Instead, they said, “The creation of new strategic oversight powers can only be achieved through primary legislation and must be subject to the scrutiny required by primary legislation.”

Sign up for First Edition, our free daily newsletter – every weekday morning at 7am BST

In another section, they say, the “proposed change seeks to alter the constitutional relationship between the police, the people and the central government, which is one of the great forces of British policing”.

The deep apprehensions arise despite the protocol’s foreword which gives this assurance: “The protocol cannot create new laws, give actors powers they do not already have, or take away from any competent body the power discretion to use its existing powers”.

He adds: “By updating the protocol, we intend to clarify the role of the Home Secretary in the policing landscape, as well as the role of chief constables, PCCs and police and crime commissions. .”

Latest planning apps in Sedgemoor

0

BELOW are planning applications received by Sedgemoor District Council between April 28 and May 4, 2022.

For more details and to comment on applications, log on to www.sedgemoor.gov.uk/planning.

BREAN

06/22/00002: Erection of a one-storey extension to the rear (west) elevation for the dining room, covered seating area and internal modifications. Erection of a single storey bar extension at the side (west) elevation. Ocean Bar, South Road, Brean, Burnham On Sea, Somerset, TA8 2RD.

22/06/00008: Northam Farm Camping And Caravan Park, South Road, Brean, Burnham On Sea, Somerset, TA8 2SE. Retrospective application for the erection of bar and canopy with associated works.

BRIDGWATER

22/08/00033: Erection of a commercial building (use class E), including changes to access and parking arrangements. Land at Appledore Drive, Bridgwater, Somerset, TA6 5JJ.

BROOM FIELD

22/10/00002: Change of use from office to residential. Barn at Lydeard Farm, Broomfield, Bridgwater, Somerset, TA5 2EG.

BURNHAM & HIGHBRIDGE

22/11/00010: Installation of 3no. facade panels lit from the outside, 2no. non-illuminated fascia signs, 11no. unlit ACM panels and 4no. unlit windows.

11/22/00034: Crown lift lime (T1) in A3 5.5m above motorway, remove squirrel damaged lower limbs from north and west side. Reduce the extended lower limb to the south by 3-4 m. 9 Gardenhurst, Burnham On Sea, Somerset, TA8 2HQ.

CHEDDAR

17/22/00019: Request to determine if pre-approval is required for a proposed telecommunications upgrade installation: Proposed 15.0m high EE/H3G street pole on New Root C/W Wraparound foundation Cabinet & GPS and associated ancillary works. Quarry Batts Combe, Hanson PLC, Warrens Hill Road, Cheddar, Somerset, BS27 3LR.

CHILTON POLDEN

19/22/00004: Editing of 1no. accommodation, including parking arrangements. 88 Broadway, Chilton Polden, Bridgwater, Somerset, TA7 9EQ.

BISHOP OF COMPTON

21/22/00009: Erection of an independent building with swimming pool, partial transformation of the existing garage into an annex, installation of electric gates, modifications to the perimeter wall and installation of an oil tank. Compton House, Coombe Lane, Compton Bishop, Axbridge, Somerset, BS26 2HE.

BRENT EAST

24/22/00009: Erection of the extension of the single-storey facade (South). The Garden House, Bristol Road, Rooksbridge, Axbridge, Somerset, BS26 2TE.

24/22/00012: Request to determine if pre-approval is required for a project to replace an existing building to house livestock. York House, Rooksbridge Road, Rooksbridge, Axbridge, Somerset, BS26 2UD.

PETHERTON NORTH

37/22/00016: Replacement of freestanding display panel. The Church of St Mary The Virgin, Fore Street, North Petherton, Bridgwater, Somerset, TA6 6QA.

37/22/00026: Approval of details of infrastructure provisions, including freeway alignment, pedestrian and cycle routes, drainage and landscaping, for employment purposes (B1 usage classes , B2 and B8), the creation of a new highway service area and uses, including all supporting infrastructure (Phase 1). Notaro Park, land at Junction 24, Huntworth, Bridgwater, Somerset, TA7 0DU.

37/22/00028: Erection of a two-storey extension (south) with connecting passage to the main dwelling (partially on the site of the existing veranda, to be demolished). Rydon Combe, Tuckerton Road, North Newton, Bridgwater, TA7 0BY.

37/22/00041: 1no erection. non-illuminated sign (revised diagram). Unit 2, Notaro Business Park, Huntworth Lane, North Petherton, Bridgwater, Somerset, TA7.

OTTERHAMPTON

39/22/00003: Planning permission, with certain reservations, for the construction of up to 60 dwellings, public open spaces and other associated infrastructure.

Land at, Brookside Road, Combwich, Bridgwater, Somerset.

39/22/00007: Formation of 2no. access the tracks. Manor Farm, Church Lane, Otterhampton, Bridgwater, TA5 2PT.

PAWLETT

41/22/00012: Request for prior approval for the construction of a single-storey extension, extending (5.60 m) from the rear elevation (East) on the site of the existing ( to demolish). 6 Walpole Cottages, Bristol Road, Walpole, Bridgwater, Somerset, TA6 4TF.

SHAPWICK

43/22/00003: Change of use from a school building (F1) to a residential building (C3) with some minor interior modifications (revised diagram). 2 Church Farm, Church Road, Shapwick, Bridgwater, Somerset, TA7 9NE.

43/22/00004: Change of use from a school building (F1) to a residential building (C3) with some minor interior modifications (revised diagram). 2 Church Farm, Church Road, Shapwick, Bridgwater, Somerset, TA7 9NE.

STAWELL

46/22/00002: Request for Prior Authorization for the project to change the use of the Agricultural Building at 1no. Housing and associated operational development. Barn East of Stawell Road, Stawell, Bridgwater, Somerset, TA7.

WEMBDON

51/22/00006: Erection of a detached garage. 23 Greenacre, Wembdon, Bridgwater, Somerset, TA6 7RE.

51/22/00008: Erection of a two-storey extension on the side (North) and a rear floor (East) on the existing site (to be demolished). 12 Wembdon Rise, Wembdon, Bridgwater, Somerset, TA6 7QU.

At least 10 dead in Buffalo supermarket shooting

0

At least 10 people were killed in a shooting at a supermarket in Buffalo, New York on Saturday, law enforcement officials said. Details on the number of additional people shot at Tops Friendly Market and their conditions were not immediately available.

Buffalo police said earlier Saturday afternoon that the suspected shooter, who has not been identified, is in custody. Police officials and a spokesperson for the supermarket chain did not immediately respond to messages from The Associated Press seeking comment.

The shooter entered the supermarket with a rifle and opened fire, one of the officials said. Investigators believe the man may have livestreamed the shooting and are investigating whether he posted a manifesto online, the official said.

The official warned that the investigation was still in its early stages and that authorities had not yet discerned a clear motive, but were investigating whether the shooting was racially motivated. The supermarket is in a predominantly black neighborhood about three miles north of central Buffalo. Witnesses reported the shooter was wearing military-style clothing and a bulletproof vest, one of the officials said.

Braedyn Kephart and Shane Hill, both 20, pulled into the parking lot just as the shooter was leaving. They described him as a white male in his late teens or early twenties wearing full camouflage, a black helmet, and what appeared to be a rifle.

“He was standing there with the gun to his chin. We were like what’s going on? Why does this kid have a gun to his face? said Mr. Kephart. He fell to his knees. “He ripped off his helmet, dropped his gun and was tackled by the police.”

Police sealed off the block, lined with onlookers, and a yellow police tape surrounded the parking lot. Mayor Byron Brown and Erie County Executive Mark Poloncarz were at the scene late Saturday afternoon, gathered in a parking lot across from the Tops store and were scheduled to address the media.

Governor Kathy Hochul tweeted that she was “closely monitoring the shooting at a grocery store in Buffalo,” her hometown. She said state officials have offered assistance to local authorities.

The Erie County Sheriff‘s Office said on social media that it has ordered all available personnel to assist Buffalo police.

For stories of where you live, visit In your region.

Philippe Coutinho determined to take Aston Villa to Europe

0

Philippe Coutinho has targeted a return to Europe with Aston Villa following his £17m signing.

The 29-year-old has made a permanent move from Barcelona, ​​having initially been loaned out in January.

He signed a four-year deal ahead of Crystal Palace’s visit on Sunday, with Villa 12th in the Premier League.

They haven’t played in Europe since 2010 – a Europa League play-off loss to Rapid Vienna – but Coutinho is eyeing a return.

“We can do better than we did this year and we want to achieve things like getting into Europe. I believe so much in the team and the work the staff are doing,” he told the site. club official.

“I believe that’s where we need to be, playing in the European games. That’s what we will work hard for.

“I feel good at the club. It’s a good start and I want to achieve good things with the club.

“I’m already looking forward to next year. I believe so much in the team and in the club, and we can do good things next year.

“He (manager Steven Gerrard) believes in me. We’ve known each other for a long time and I was made very welcome by him and his team when I arrived here.

“He’s a great manager, for sure. I’m happy to be led by him and his team. His ambitions are high and I believe in the same things he believes in. I want to work hard to achieve that.

“It’s a top club and I always felt welcome when I came here, from everyone, so for me today is a happy day.

“I felt very welcomed by the fans, by my team-mates and by the staff. As I said, it’s a great club and we want to achieve great things.

“I believe so much in this club and that’s why I signed here. I’m very, very happy.

‘I lied to everyone I met’: How gambling has gripped women in the UK

In Christmas Day 2018, things came to a head for Bev. By his own admission, it had been “a beautiful day”. “Everything was fine,” she says. “There was no reason why I should have played, but in my head – in a player’s head – it was Christmas, so there was no way to lose. I told myself they wouldn’t do that to you on Christmas day.”

In 90 minutes, the 59-year-old from Newcastle had lost £5,000. “I emptied my husband’s bank account,” she says The Independent. “I even borrowed money from my daughter claiming I had an urgent bill that needed paying. I lost the whole lot – and then I overdosed.”

The UK is home to one of the largest gambling markets in the world, which generated a profit of £14.2 billion in 2020. In the past, gambling has been classified as a problem that mainly affects men, but research by GambleAware in January this year found that the number of women treated for gambling had doubled in five years, with up to a million women were at risk of gambling-related problems. It added that this figure may represent only a small proportion of women who suffer gambling-related harm.

Bev’s gambling problems began around 16 years ago. “I was entering a contest on a popular television website and a gambling pop-up came up and I was like, ‘I’m going to try that,'” she said. She had never played before: “I just didn’t care. It felt like throwing money away.”

After depositing £10, she quickly won £800. “I couldn’t believe the money was mine,” she says. “I then started depositing more and more and that £800 went away very quickly. After that I was hooked.”

An early win was also “the hook” that prompted Derbyshire’s 29-year-old Stacey to return for more when her gambling addiction began. Their poison were slot machines and scratch cards. “It’s fast and totally stunning to stare at the spinning wheels,” she says.



For women, gambling is an escape from overwhelming responsibilities and fears

The numbing effect of gambling is a significant draw for many women who gamble, according to experts. Liz Karter MBE, a leading UK therapist for women’s gambling, says the oblivion that gambling offers can provide a space away from the stresses of everyday life. “You’ll rarely hear women talk about loving the buzz or the excitement of gambling or loving the praise that winning gives them like a lot of men,” she says The Independent.

“For women, gambling is about losing yourself in an experience where you end up thinking and feeling nothing. Complete concentration on gambling is a distraction from stressful thoughts and feelings. It is an escape from overwhelming responsibilities and fears.”

For Tracey, 58, from Berkshire, it’s a familiar story. “My gambling has never been about money,” she says. “It was sketchy. When I was playing, I didn’t worry about anything…playing took me out of my reality.”

Things began to fall apart for Bev long before that fateful Christmas, and have only gotten worse over the years. As the person in charge of household finances, she had easy access to money, but unbeknownst to her loved ones, she had exhausted all her credit cards and taken out loans to pay them off, which went straight back into her gambling fund. She also borrowed money from friends, family and even work colleagues. “I lied to everyone I met,” she said. “I was in a terrible place mentally.

“My husband and I both have good salaries and I have often waited until midnight on payday for the money to come into my account each month. My husband was asleep in bed and within a few hours I screwed everything up.”

All the women talked about the “ease” of online gambling and its 24/7 availability. Tracey describes the internet as “the crack cocaine of gambling”. She says: “As I started playing, places opened and closed. I was the first in and the last out, but it was still the end of the day.”



We have gambling in our homes, offices and purses…it’s everywhere

Before going online, Stacey had traveled back and forth between different bookies to avoid drawing attention to her gambling problem. However, online it was very different. “It was so easy. Nobody knew what I was doing.”

Karter makes a direct connection between the rise of gambling among women and its increasing ubiquity. “We have gambling in our homes, offices and purses,” she says. “However, we must look at any addiction in the context of social and mental health. We are seeing a rise in stress, depression and anxiety in women and this is leading to self-medicating through gambling… it feels all too easy to get lost in the virtual world of online gambling.”

“I don’t want anyone to feel as lonely as I do”

(Getty Images/iStockphoto)

All three women found the support they needed through an all women’s retreat Gordon Moody, part of a network of organizations within the National Gambling Treatment Service that offer a range of treatments. “I walked in there a broken woman, but I left feeling like there was hope,” says Bev. “They equipped us with the tools and strategies to stop you in the moment before you place a bet. it’s brilliant Something just clicked and it worked.”

Stacey admits she was initially “very skeptical” that the service would help her, but describes it as “the best thing I’ve ever done.”

While all three women describe themselves as recovering from gambling, some of the consequences are harder to get past.

Payday loans, credit cards—my debt was enormous,” says Stacey. “I was moving from house to house and living with friends because I was getting nowhere with my bad credit. It’s a long-term gambling harm that I’m still working on – it will be a long time before I’ll be able to get a house.”



One of the worst things that happened when I tried to stop gambling was when the companies wrote to you as a ‘VIP customer’ and said: ‘We haven’t seen you in a while – here’s £200 in your account. “

Bev wants major reforms in the gaming sector. “One of the worst things that happened when I tried to stop gambling was when the companies wrote you down as a ‘VIP customer’ and said ‘We haven’t seen you in a while – here’s £200 in your account ‘. . That was so bad.

“I also think they should vet new account holders, like when they apply for a loan,” she adds. “The number of times I’ve deposited thousands of pounds in a very short space of time…they must have noticed I had a problem but they just encouraged it more.”

A government white paper Addressing such issues is long overdue and expected to be released later this month. MP Carolyn Harris, who chairs the All-Party Parliamentary Group on Gambling-Related Harm, has called the need for affordability reviews, spending caps and independent ratings for new users “overwhelming”.

Stacey, Bev and Tracey all want more people to understand that this is a devastating condition that can and does affect women – but that help is available.

“It’s so important to reach out and talk to someone,” says Tracey. “No matter where you come from or how old you are – you will never be alone.”

Stacey agrees. “I don’t want anyone to feel as lonely as I do. If you can overcome the shame, there are so many places you can go that specifically help women where you will not be judged. The first step is scary, but it’s worth it. There is hope.”

For problem gambling information, support and advice, please contact:

Gordon Moody (gordonmoody.org.uk), Gamble Aware (begambleaware.org), Gamblers Anonymous, which runs a series of “women-preferred” online and real-world meetups (gamblersanonymous.org.uk), BetKnowMore (betknowmoreuk.org) and GamCare (www.gamcare.org.uk).

British government suspends engagement with NUS over allegations of anti-Semitism | Students

Ministers banned official contact with the National Union of Students over long-standing allegations of anti-Semitism within the organization, despite NUS’s commitment to work with Jewish students in an internal investigation.

The allegations have become a priority for the government since the election of Shaima Dallali as the next NUS president, with groups like the Union of Jewish Students (UJS) raising concerns after alleged historical comments resurfaced. surface.

Nadhim Zahawi, the education secretary, announced the suspension of NUS recognition, saying he was “seriously concerned” about reports of alleged anti-Semitism.

“Jewish students need to trust that this is a body that represents them, and we need to ensure that the student bodies we engage with speak fairly for all students, which is why we are disengaging from the NUS until the issues are resolved. been addressed,” Zahawi said.

“Based on NUS’s initial response to our concerns, I am confident that they are keen to take action and welcome further updates from them.”

Michelle Donelan, Minister for Higher and Further Education in England, announced that she had written to the electorate who oversaw this year’s NUS presidential election, requesting information on how the election was conducted.

The NUS represents seven million students in universities and colleges, with 600 affiliated student unions. The suspension only affects his dealings with the Westminster government and not those of other countries.

Matt Western, Labour’s shadow universities minister, said it was important for Jewish students to feel safe and able to participate in student organizations. “It is important that the NUS listens, and I hope that the independent investigation they have rightly put in place will resolve these issues to the satisfaction of all concerned,” he said. declared.

The Department for Education (DfE) said: “Although the NUS has shown its willingness to respond to the concerns expressed by ministers, including by starting to launch a process of independent inquiries, this will need to lead to substantive action. .

“This decision to disengage from NUS will be reviewed as long as the organization demonstrates that it has properly addressed these issues.”

A NUS spokesperson said: ‘We are disappointed that the Minister for Universities has announced in a press release that the DfE will be disengaging from NUS, rather than seeking to engage directly with us.

“Following a complaint of anti-Semitism, we have launched an independent investigation. We will appoint a QC, in consultation with the Union of Jewish Students, next week. We have sought to undertake the investigation in a serious and appropriate manner, and are working with the UJS every step of the way.

“Once the QC is appointed, we can take stock of the process and the schedule. We look forward to working constructively with the government on this issue.

Sign up for First Edition, our free daily newsletter – every weekday morning at 7am BST

The DfE said that during the suspension the NUS will be removed from all government groups and replaced by alternative student representatives. The ministry is asking independent bodies, including the Office for Students, the higher education regulator, to take similar action.

Following Dallali’s election earlier this year, the UJS took issue with comments she allegedly made, including a tweet posted 10 years ago that read: “Khaybar Khaybar O Jews… The Army of Muhammad will return to Gaza,” referring to an AD628 assault on Jews.

Dallali – who is president of the City Students’ Union, University of London – apologized for the tweet, saying she was no longer the same person she was then.

In an interview with the Guardian, Dallali, 27, revealed that since her election she had received a lot of Islamophobic and racist abuse online. “Unfortunately, as a black Muslim woman, this is something I expected because I have seen this happen to other black Muslim women,” she said.

Business secretary says building nuclear power plants could increase energy bills

0

The business secretary said the government’s push for nuclear power could initially increase energy bills.

Kwasi Kwarteng said the plan to build new power stations under a new energy strategy could have a “small effect” on bills.

But he told the BBC that “nuclear is back on the table” because the government sees it as a sustainable energy source, adding that it will eventually provide cheaper energy.

The energy strategy was released in April as Western countries grappled with high energy prices, dependence on Russian oil and gas and wider calls to end the age of fossil fuels to fight against climate change.

A fleet of new nuclear power stations is central to the strategy, with the prime minister suggesting a new reactor will be built every year, in a social media video to promote the plan.

As part of a goal to make 95% of electricity low-carbon by 2030, the strategy aims to produce up to 50 GW of offshore wind power by 2030, which will , officials say, would be more than enough to power every home in the UK.

The strategy also includes a goal to double the target of 10 GW of low-carbon hydrogen production by 2030, with at least half “green” hydrogen, produced from renewable electricity rather than of natural gas.

A multi-million pound package was then announced to help support the government‘s strategy ‘bold plans’.

Mr Kwarteng said the £375million investment will “unlock the huge potential” of hydrogen and nuclear power.

(PA graphics)

Boris Johnson has sought to defend the new energy strategy in the face of criticism he is doing nothing to help people with skyrocketing bills now.

He said the strategy – which aims to boost new nuclear power, offshore wind and hydrogen – is a long-term plan focused on energy supply, “repairing the mistakes of the past and making the big decisions now. “.

He said the government is “already doing a lot to help people with the immediate cost of living and of course we are going to do more”.

Jet2 offer for a break offering family holidays for pennies – or a £60 discount if you miss out

0

Families looking for a cheap holiday this summer will want to try and take advantage of a new offer from Jet2. The company’s “offer for a break” program is back.

The way it works is that bargain hunters can submit offers for week-long vacations in destinations such as Crete, Gran Canaria and Tenerife. In fact, you can even bid as low as 1p for the experience.

There is a catch though – only the lowest unique bidder wins the getaway. Nevertheless, you could end up landing a vacation for pennies.

The Mirror says last year 23 holidaymakers won getaways to the Canary Islands, Greece, Cyprus, Spain, Portugal and Turkey, with some of the deals starting at just 2p. Different holidays are posted on different days.

At the moment you can bid for a getaway to Bulgaria from May 16, Crete from May 23 and Gran Canaria from May 30. There is a mix of offers for couples and families of four.

“Offer for a break” from Jet2 – how to participate

To place your bid, it’s simple:

  • Download the Jet2holidays app
  • Go to the ‘Offers’ page
  • Select “Bid for a break”
  • Fill out the form with your details
  • Add your lowest unique bid, to the nearest penny

You can find out more about the holidays and get the full terms and conditions on the Jet2 website. But even if you don’t win the bidding war, you can still save money by participating.

Save £60 on a Jet2 holiday

There is a silver lining for all participants. Unsuccessful bidders will still receive a special discount code giving them £60 off their next holiday.

But remember, some vacation spots still have Covid-19 rules in place. For example, if you are hoping to visit Tenerife and Gran Canaria, adults must be vaccinated while unvaccinated children between the ages of 12 and 17 will need a PCR test to be allowed entry.

Entry requirements can change quickly during the pandemic, so always check the latest Foreign Office travel advice for a destination before booking a trip or going abroad. This will include key information – from entry requirements to local Covid rules that you need to know.

Lloyds bank employees will demonstrate outside the annual meeting

0

Lloyds staff will stage a protest outside the bank’s annual meeting on Thursday over a pay dispute.

Members of the Unite union will tell attendees at the Edinburgh meeting that low-paid employees cannot afford to heat their homes or they will stop paying their pension contributions.

The union said it would send a message to Lloyds Banking Group – ‘Pay staff, not just shareholders’.

Unite is calling on shareholders and the bank’s board to scale back their share buyback program slightly to increase workers’ financial resources.

Caren Evans, Country Head of Unite, said: “While Lloyds Banking Group makes obscene sums of money year after year, we cannot accept a situation where their employees, the backbone of their business, are struggling. financial.

“The workforce told Unite they would not be able to heat their homes enough. Some even have to sacrifice their future retirement plans by stopping pension contributions, and with many bank employees having to go into debt to pay their bills.

“These employees are not big bankers, but ordinary people who give their all for a company that does not give the same in return.

“Kind words and platitudes from management won’t keep Lloyds workers warm or fed.”

A Lloyds spokesperson said: ‘We understand that the wider economic circumstances are increasingly difficult. We believe our rewards package is fair and competitive, including compensation, bonuses, flex benefits, pensions, and great options for agile and flexible working.

“Overall, the majority of union members who voted voted in favor of the pay offer this year.”

Lloyds said the wage offer this year was worth 3.6%, giving a minimum wage increase of £1,000 for all employees.

For two-thirds of junior staff, increases were 4% or more. The minimum wage has risen to £10.60 per hour (£19,292 per year). Together with other payments, this equates to a minimum starting rate of £20,000 for new entrants.

Shopify, Square among companies hoping to ease e-commerce slowdown by lending money to merchants

Désirée Kretschmar, owner of the Plant Goals store in Peterborough, Ontario, took part in a beta test of the Square Loans program to buy new inventory in the fall.Ash Nayler/The Globe and Mail

E-commerce companies facing a sudden slowdown are hoping one of their newer lines of business can help bridge the gap: lending money.

Technology companies that provide online sales and transaction services to retailers and small businesses are also increasingly offering these customers loans and cash advances to keep them loyal to their service platforms.

They do so for a fee and a share of future sales, providing small businesses with a ready source of cash in a pinch, with such loans now worth billions of dollars.

It’s often a mutually beneficial arrangement, but like any lending program, it comes with risks — especially when the recent slump in e-commerce spending turns into an extended slump.

E-commerce companies like Shopify Inc. SHOP-T, Amazon.com Inc. AMZN-Q and several others recently released lower-than-expected financial results, sending their share prices plummeting amid signs of rapid online traffic growth Pandemic is no longer sustainable. Rising inflation also raises concerns that consumers are reining in their discretionary spending.

Shopify, for example, announced in its earnings report last week that it had written off $46 million in bad debt last quarter alone, with nearly half a billion dollars still outstanding in advances.

Block Inc. SQ-N, the owner of Square Inc., is the latest company to offer credit to Canadian merchants with the launch of Square Loans last month. It follows similar programs launched by competitors Shopify and Lightspeed Commerce LSPD-T during the pandemic.

Square Banking general manager Luke Voiles says offering credit can be a way of guiding merchants through a difficult time.

“If they’re going through a tough time, and we can keep them in business over time, we can help them survive,” he said. “It feels really good.”

“We try to resolve pain points as best we can to make sure they stay with us.”

Dan Romanoff, a Chicago-based senior analyst for e-commerce and software companies at Morningstar Inc., says offering credit to such companies is becoming increasingly necessary — a tempting incentive for merchants to continue working with e-commerce platforms .

“It’s something that once you start using this software and then start making capital, it’s very hard to stop,” said Mr. Romanoff. “The ability of Shopify or any of their competitors, in all honesty, to offer any sort of capital support is just that they’re more of a one-stop shop.”

The programs offer a certain amount of cash in exchange for an upfront payment. The money is returned by deducting a small amount from the trader’s daily turnover.

In an example provided by Square, a merchant wanting to borrow $10,000 could be charged a fee of $1,300, so a total of $11,300 would be deducted in installments from their sales over 18 months. Square estimates most fees would amount to around 10 to 13 percent of the loan. A cash advance on a credit card would have a higher interest rate, while most bank loans would have lower interest rates.

Both Square and Shopify use algorithms to set the terms of their loans, while Lightspeed says the terms are set through a mix of algorithm and human analysis.

In all cases, however, the loan offers are based on the dealer’s sales documents and, unlike a classic bank loan, do not include a credit check.

Shopify says its automated process allows merchants to avoid filling out lengthy loan applications or writing business plans.

Désirée Kretschmar, the owner of the Plant Goals store in Peterborough, Ontario, took part in a beta test of the Square Loans program to buy new inventory in the fall. She said she found the experience much easier and quicker than applying for a loan from a bank.

“It took about as long as it takes to drink a cup of coffee,” she said.

But not running a credit check adds an element of risk.

David Lewis, a bankruptcy trustee at BDO Canada, said the decision not to conduct credit checks means e-commerce platforms have no idea if merchants have other loans that they may have difficulty repaying. It could also provide a way for struggling companies to delve deeper.

“With no credit check or no collateral, I could just see someone go out and apply for these small loans to help meet their short-term needs,” said Mr. Lewis. “A bit like what people do with payday loans.”

However, he added that e-commerce companies have the benefit of being able to take money directly from a merchant’s earnings, a power most creditors don’t have.

The amount of money provided through these lending programs varies greatly depending on the platform.

Shopify says it has provided more than $3 billion to merchants in the United States, United Kingdom, and Canada through Shopify Capital since 2016. The company’s results, released Thursday, said it advanced $347 million in cash and loans in the first quarter of 2022, up 12 percent from the first quarter last year. The company’s most recent quarterly corporate filings indicate that it had $487 million in outstanding loans to dealers as of March 31, after writing off $46 million in bad loans and advances.

Square says it has provided $9 billion in loans in the United States, Australia and Canada. The company did not say how much was paid back. Company filings for fiscal 2021 show it took retailers an average of nine months to repay the loans.

However, Lightspeed Capital hasn’t been used nearly as much. Company records show that as of December 31, 2021, the program had $5.3 million in outstanding debt. An analysis by Credit Suisse researchers last month found fewer than 300 traders would use the program by fiscal 2024.

Still, Mr. Romanoff said he expects other companies to expand their lending offerings. He pointed to Amazon’s efforts to give advances to third-party sellers on the Amazon Marketplace.

“This is something that’s real, and it benefits users,” said Mr. Romanoff. “I think it’s valuable and I don’t think it’s a money loser.”

Your time is valuable. Have the Top Business Headlines Newsletter conveniently delivered to your inbox in the morning or evening. Sign up today.

Analysis: UK consumer desperation suggests government is mishandling inflation crisis

  • UK consumers deeply disappointed with finances and economic outlook
  • The slump on the cost of living is the worst among major European economies
  • Economists blame relative lack of household support
  • Data suggests there is an urgent need for the government to change course
  • Targeted household support could have wider benefits

LONDON, May 11 (Reuters) – The wave of pessimism sweeping through British households is unmatched elsewhere among major European economies and suggests the government may have misjudged its response to the growing cost of living crisis.

Finance Minister Rishi Sunak has so far resisted calls to extend support measures for households, saying he would review the situation in the second half of the year when energy prices are expected to rise again.

Some of the economic data, however, suggests that a more urgent approach might be warranted.

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com

Register

Last month, the closely watched GfK survey showed public confidence in personal finances had fallen to its lowest level since records began in 1985, with sentiment about the economic outlook also approaching historic lows. .

That was before last week’s stern warning from the Bank of England that Britain risked a double hit of inflation above 10% and a possible recession as the BoE hiked interest rates. interest at their highest level since 2009. read more

As people across Europe face their highest inflation rates in decades – reflecting pandemic-damaged supply chains and soaring energy prices – and consumers turn glum in developed economies, an outright collapse of confidence is an acute British problem.

Unadjusted comparable data from the European Commission’s monthly consumer survey – which included the UK‘s GfK survey before Brexit – shows there is more pessimism in Britain about household finances and the economy. economy at large than in any of the 10 largest economies in the EU.

UK consumers among Europe’s darkest

If all EU countries are included, only Greek consumers were more depressed.

The Refinitiv/IPSOS consumer survey paints the same picture: Britain is bottom of the table in Europe for confidence in finances.

Economists say this reflects a relative lack of support from the Conservative government for British households who are this year the hardest hit by their incomes since the mid-1950s.

“If you compare the UK to the other big countries in Western Europe like France, Italy, Germany… they’ve done more to support consumers over the past few months,” said James Smith, an economist for developed markets at ING.

France has pledged to cap an increase in regulated electricity costs at 4% – unlike the 54% increase in its regulatory price cap in Britain which came into force in February, affecting some 22 million of people. The UK cap is set for another sharp rise in October.

Germany has announced two tax relief and subsidy programs worth a total of more than 30 billion euros ($31.6 billion).

Spain cut taxes to lower consumer bills and announced €16 billion in direct aid and subsidized loans to help businesses and households cope with rising energy prices. Read more

Britain says it is providing support worth £22bn ($27.1bn) in the 2022/23 financial year to households – but that ignores previously announced tax increases for workers.

The Resolution Foundation, a living standards think tank, estimates UK support for 2022/23 will be net at just £110 per household, after tax increases.

British consumer confidence now languishes at levels that reliably indicate a recession.

While business surveys and labor market data show a healthier picture of the economy – one of the reasons the BoE raised interest rates – this was also the case in the first half of 2008 when a severe downturn followed.

A repeat could spell trouble for Prime Minister Boris Johnson ahead of an election due in 2024. On Tuesday he pledged to boost Britain’s economic growth to help those battling the rising cost of living. Read more

More than a third of UK consumers are seeing their finances weaken: Refinitiv/IPSOS

SHOW ME THE MONEY

Sunak stresses the need to restore Britain’s public finances after borrowing the most ever in peacetime during the COVID-19 pandemic. He says he must reduce the debt burden for future generations and make room for future stimulus if needed.

Last month the International Monetary Fund said Britain was on track to record a lower budget deficit in 2023 than most major developed economies – but would also suffer from the weakest economic growth and the highest inflation.

Prime Minister Johnson has warned that doing more now to help households with rising energy bills could further fuel inflation – a proposal which Resolution Foundation chief executive Torsten Bell has called ‘seriously absurd’ .

The government should provide targeted support to the lowest income households, he said.

“(It’s) true that you can’t stop rising gas prices from making us poorer as a country,” Bell said. “But the idea that you can’t make choices about whose standard of living it impacts is ridiculous.”

Economists say this focus on spending restraint could now be at the heart of Britain’s problems, potentially creating a toxic policy mix.

When Britain passed an austerity plan to rein in government borrowing after the 2008-09 financial crisis, it relied on the BoE to keep stimulating the economy – no longer an option with double-digit inflation.

“We’ve been consistent for a while in saying we think the policy mix is ​​wrong and fiscal policy is too tight,” said Rory Macqueen, senior economist at the National Institute for Economic and Social Research.

The thinking is this: the government should spend more, especially to help low-income households through the cost of living crisis.

With fewer concerns about the impact of demand and a possible recession averted, the BoE would be able to raise interest rates further, boosting the pound – which has slid to a low nearly two years below. of $1.23 in recent days – and dampening inflation.

“There’s a lot more that could be done within the confines of fiscal policy to support households,” Macqueen said.

But when the government presented its legislative program for the next legislature on Tuesday, there was no sign of changing course – although it said it would not hesitate to take further action to help households if necessary.

“Clearly the government is the best placed agent to ensure that households don’t suffer, and they don’t,” Macqueen said.

($1 = 0.8118 pounds)

($1 = 0.9486 euros)

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com

Register

Editing by Mark Heinrich

Our standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.

Wood and Laminate Flooring Market Size and Forecast

0

New Jersey, United States – Comprehensive analyzes of the fastest growing companies Wood and Laminate Flooring Market provide information that helps stakeholders identify opportunities and challenges. The 2022 markets could be another big year for wood and laminate flooring. This report provides an overview of the company’s activities and financial situation (a company profile is required if you want to raise capital or attract investors), recent developments (mergers and acquisitions) and recent SWOT analyses. This report focuses on the wood and laminate flooring market over the assessment period 2029. The report also provides growth analysis of the wood and laminate flooring market which includes analysis at Porter’s five factors and supply chain analysis.

It describes the behavior of the industry. It also outlines a future direction that will help companies and other stakeholders make informed decisions that will ensure strong returns for years to come. The report provides a practical overview of the global market and its changing environment to help readers make informed decisions about market projects. This report focuses on growth opportunities that allow the market to expand its operations in existing markets.

For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/product/wood-and-laminate-flooring-market-size-and-forecast/

(Use company email id to get higher priority)

The report helps both major players and new entrants to analyze the market in depth. This helps key players determine their business strategy and set goals. The report provides key market insights including niche growth opportunities along with market size, growth rate and forecast in key regions and countries.

The Wood and Laminate Flooring report contains data based on rigorous studies of primary and secondary schools using best research practices. The report contains comprehensive information which will enable you to evaluate each segment of the wood and laminate flooring market. This report has been prepared considering various aspects of market research and analysis. It includes market size estimates, market dynamics, and company and market best practices. Entry marketing strategy, positioning, segmentation, competitive landscape and economic forecasts. Industry-specific technology solutions, roadmap analysis, alignment to key buying criteria, in-depth vendor product benchmarking

Key Players Mentioned in the Wood and Laminate Flooring Market Research Report:

Mohawk, Armstrong, Shaw, Mullican, Somerset, Mannington Mills, Kronotex USA

Wood and Laminate Flooring Market Segmentation:

By Product Type, the market is primarily split into:

• Parquet
• Laminate flooring

By application, this report covers the following segments:

• Commercial flooring
• Residential flooring

Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/download-sample/?rid=565103

Scope of the Wood and Laminate Flooring Market Report

ATTRIBUTES DETAILS
ESTIMATED YEAR 2022
YEAR OF REFERENCE 2021
FORECAST YEAR 2029
HISTORICAL YEAR 2020
UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

Geographic segment covered in the report:

The Wood and Laminate Flooring report provides information on the market area, which is further sub-divided into sub-regions and countries/regions. In addition to the market share in each country and sub-region, this chapter of this report also contains information on profit opportunities. This chapter of the report mentions the market share and growth rate of each region, country and sub-region over the estimated period.

• North America (USA and Canada)
• Europe (UK, Germany, France and rest of Europe)
• Asia-Pacific (China, Japan, India and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region)
• Latin America (Brazil, Mexico and rest of Latin America)
• Middle East and Africa (GCC and Rest of Middle East and Africa)

Key questions answered in this Wood and Laminate Flooring Market report

  1. How much revenue will the Wood and Laminate Flooring market generate by the end of forecast period?
  2. Which market segment is expected to have the maximum market share?
  3. What are the influencing factors and their impact on the Wood and Laminate Flooring market?
  4. Which regions are currently contributing the maximum share of the global wood and laminate flooring market?
  5. Which indicators are likely to drive the Wood and Laminate Flooring market?
  6. What are the key strategies of the leading Wood and Laminate Flooring market players to expand their geographical presence?
  7. What are the key advancements in the Wood and Laminate Flooring market?
  8. How are regulatory standards affecting the wood and laminate flooring market?

Get a discount on the purchase of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=565103

Visualize the Wood and Laminate Flooring Market Using Verified Market Intelligence:-

Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

VMI provides a global overview and competitive landscape with respect to region, country and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with an integrated presentation function that saves you more than 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D and product development. products. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

Visualize the wood and laminate flooring market using VMI@ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

Most Popular Reports

Global Wood and Laminate Flooring Market Size and Forecast

Global Synthetic Roofing Underlayments Market Size and Forecast

Global Polyurethane Fiber Market Size and Forecast

Global Insulating Paper Market Size and Forecast

Global Fire Retardant Sound Absorbing Blankets Market Size and Forecast

Global Basalt Fabric Yarn Market Size and Forecast

Global Basalt Composites Market Size and Forecast

Global Li Battery Positive Electrode Materials Market Size and Forecast

Global Lithium Ion Battery Anode Materials Market Size and Forecast

Global Podwer Magnesium Diboride Market Size and Forecast

About Us: Verified Market Reports

Verified Market Reports is a leading global research and advisory company serving over 5000 global clients. We provide advanced analytical research solutions while delivering information-enriched research studies.

We also provide insight into the strategic and growth analytics and data needed to achieve business goals and critical revenue decisions.

Our 250 analysts and SMEs offer a high level of expertise in data collection and governance using industry techniques to collect and analyze data on over 25,000 high impact and niche markets. Our analysts are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

Our research spans a multitude of industries, including energy, technology, manufacturing and construction, chemicals and materials, food and beverage, and more. Having served many Fortune 2000 organizations, we bring a wealth of reliable experience that covers all kinds of research needs.

Contact us:

Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

E-mail: sales@verifiedmarketreports.com

Website: – https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/

Sophie Ellis-Bextor reveals why she turned down Eurovision judge role

0

The “Murder on The Dancefloor” singer told Radio Times that she was approached to be on the 2019 judging panel, but ultimately declined.

The singer-songwriter explained that there were two reasons she turned down the gig

Ellis Bextor has been an avid fan of the annual pageant since she was a child, but two pageant rules have kept her from going from spectator to judge.

Sophie Ellis-Bextor. Credit: PA

Why did Sophie Ellis-Bextor refuse to be a judge at Eurovision?

The singer explained in the Radio Times interview that it came down to a combination of having a young child and having to keep quiet during the show.

“I had a very small baby that I was still feeding, and they wouldn’t let me take him,” the 43-year-old said.

“I’m pretty sure the baby would have been unbiased but, you know what, I think part of what I love about Eurovision is that it really does have its rules… it’s mad.

“We also weren’t going to be allowed to talk while we were watching it, and I was like, ‘I can’t watch Eurovision in silence’.”

Eurovision has been a long tradition in her family since she was “little” and watched the program with her parents as a child.

READ MORE: Who will win the Eurovision Song Contest 2022? See Ukraine’s favorites in the UK

READ MORE: Eurovision Song Contest 2022: How will voting work in the Turin contest?

“My parents always watched Eurovision and I remember watching it in the 80s when I was in single digits and was quite fascinated by what I was seeing,” she said.

The “political nuances” of Eurovision and Britain’s notorious lack of success were “part of the fun”, she explained.

“We should probably prepare for another ‘zero point’ score,” she said. “There have always been political nuances (in voting), which, again, is part of the fun. We appreciate that, I think.

“That’s part of the reason Britain treats it in an almost ironic way, and I don’t think they’ll ever lose that, but some of the songs that are good can have a life outside of it. ‘Eurovision and be treated as legitimate hits.’

When is the Eurovision Song Contest semi-final?

The first Eurovision semi-final will take place on Tuesday May 10 where all countries will participate except for the Big Five (France, Germany, Italy, Spain and United Kingdom).

Each country will compete in both semi-finals for a chance to claim one of 10 places in Saturday’s final.

The public watches 17 competing songs and you can vote for your favorite song via the official Eurovision Song Contest app.

Full details on how and when to vote will be revealed during the broadcasts.

You can watch the Eurovision semi-finals on BBC Three with Scott Mills and Rylan Clark live from Turin.

The Eurovision semi-final will air at 8 p.m. on BBC Three.

The second semi-final will air on Thursday at the same time and place.

When is the Eurovision Song Contest final?

TikTok star Sam Ryder from Essex is the British entry in the 2022 contest and will represent the country with the pop song Space Man.

The 66th Eurovision Grand Final will take place on Saturday May 14 and will be broadcast live from last year’s winners Italy on BBC One.

Viewers in the UK will be able to watch the program from 8pm on BBC One.

Football rumours: Arsenal circle potential Raheem Sterling transfer

0

Arsenal should be in the lead for Rahim Sterling, if the Manchester City striker becomes available this summer. According to The Telegraph, Mikel Arteta intends to strengthen his attacking options when the window opens, with Sterling an ideal candidate. The 27-year-old England forward is set to enter the final year of his contract but has yet to enter any talks over his future as he focuses on City’s title chase.

Liverpool’s Sadio Mane could be a target for Bayern Munich (Adam Davy/PA)

Metro say Bayern Munich are planning a summer transfer for the Liverpool striker Sadio Mane. Citing Sky Germany, the newspaper say the Bundesliga giants have already made contact with the 30-year-old’s agent, with Mane frustrated by Liverpool’s willingness to extend Mohamed Salah’s stay at Anfield.

Stay with Liverpool, Alex Oxlade ChamberlainThe time spent with the Reds may be coming to an end. The Daily Mail report that the 28-year-old midfielder has yet to be approached for a new deal, despite his contract expiring next summer. Oxlade-Chamberlain has not played for Liverpool since March 20.

Burton Albion v Newcastle United - Pre-Season Friendly - Pirelli Stadium
Newcastle captain Jamaal Lascelles could be set to leave (Nick Potts/PA)

The Sun says the 28-year-old Newcastle captain Jamal Lascelles will be on the chopping block this summer after falling down the pecking order at the club.

Social media review

Players to watch

Coventry City Squad Photo and Headshots - Coventry Building Society Arena
Jake Clarke-Salter of Coventry (Barrington Coombs/PA)

Jake Clarke Salter: The Sun says the 24-year-old Chelsea defender is wanted by both Leeds and PSV Eindhoven after impressing on loan with Coventry.

Karim Adeyemi: The 20-year-old Red Bull Salzburg striker is set to move to Borussia Dortmund, according to Metro.

Creating a sustainable future through real estate

Louisa LeRoux, Net Carbon Zero Program Manager for the Government Property Agency, seeks to maximize energy efficiency and reduce carbon emissions in property portfolios. And how changes and initiatives are enabling offices to play a leading role in creating a sustainable future.

The real estate industry has a huge role to play in reducing carbon emissions and maximizing energy efficiency as the world tackles climate change.

The government has updated its plans to reach Net Zero by 2050, with the UK setting the world’s most ambitious climate change target. In June 2021 the new target was published in legislation which would reduce Scope 1 emissions by 78%, meaning the UK will be more than three quarters of the way to Net Zero by 2035 As the delivery agency for government office and warehouse portfolio strategies, we are committed to achieving the same target for government buildings – those we manage – by 2032, three years ahead of target. of the government.

Scope 1 emissions are direct emissions such as those from vehicles and gas boilers, as well as what we use as individuals. To reduce these emissions in buildings, the goal is to decarbonize and move away from fossil fuels to sustainable forms of electricity.

Achieving the required 78% carbon reduction by 2032 will not be easy, and to get there we will need both effort and concerted work to achieve quick wins.

Maximize sustainable and clean technologies

We currently manage over 700,000 square meters of the government office portfolio. This presents us with a huge opportunity to maximize the use of sustainable, clean technologies and low or zero carbon energy wherever possible. For example:

  • By insulating and reducing consumption through the optimization of heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) technology and the technical building management system (BMS), the use of micrometers, sensors and light-emitting diode (LED) lighting.
  • Use green energy and switch to carbon-free electricity by switching to a renewable energy supplier.
  • Produce and store renewable energy locally through integrated generation, storage and use.

Across the industry, we are seeing more and more companies focusing on a wider range of green initiatives such as undermetering. This allows for a better understanding of energy usage so that the right metrics can be identified. These measures mainly include switching to suitable green tariffs, and owners installing more electric vehicle charging units and reviewing their heating and cooling units. We are also seeing smarter use of design elements on buildings to allow sustainable solutions to better integrate with the facade and fabric of older buildings.

Retrofit can be done

It has been proven that renovation can be done in heritage buildings to improve sustainability. For example, we are planning to decarbonise our Whitehall district heating system, which will go a long way to reducing carbon emissions on our central London heritage estate.

Workplace Design Guide, Net Zero

In August 2020, we released the Government Workplace Design Guide. This includes the Net Zero and sustainability schedule covering construction and operational energy. The guide was created with flexibility in mind, as we understand that not all buildings are or should be the same. It helps buildings operate in the most sustainable way possible, whether it’s new construction, renovation or refurbishment.

I’m sure we can all agree that the real estate industry faces unique challenges in achieving Net Zero. I bet we have many ways to overcome them. At GPA, we plan to lead by example and encourage every real estate stakeholder not just to achieve a standard, but to innovate and find ways to go further and do better.

Louisa LeRoux
Net Zero Carbon Program Manager
Government real estate agency
Connect with Louisa on LinkedIn

Direct debits doubled after energy boost, some Britons say

Britons who are with British Gas, Octopus Energy and Shell Energy said their direct debits had doubled since the price hike, despite the price cap being half that, according to Money Saving Expert (MSE).

The website, founded by Martin Lewis, said that at least 30% of the companies’ customers, who were on credit and on a capped rate, reported an increase in their direct debits.

Across all businesses, 25% of customers in this situation said their withdrawals had doubled or more.

Energy prices have skyrocketed over the past year and last month the energy price cap was increased by 54% for the average household.

The results were collected from a survey conducted by MSE between April 26, 2022 and May 3, 2022, with 41,000 responses.

He added that the survey was self-selected, so some people may have responded more frequently.

However, he said that while the proportions are “skewed”, the results show a significant number of people reporting that their direct debits have doubled.

The survey also found that those coming out of fixed agreements saw their direct debits increase the most.

MSE said this was to be expected as they were likely on the cheapest fares and are now moving to price caps.

It will report its findings to the energy market regulator Ofgem, the Department for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy (BEIS) and the House of Commons Business Committee.

Mr Lewis said: ‘The fixed monthly charge is how up to 80 per cent of people in England, Scotland and Wales pay their energy bills.

“The theory is good: your annual cost is divided by 12, so you pay the same amount each month, smoothing out high-use winter costs and low-use summer costs.

“Yet for months I have heard people shocked to learn that their direct debits had doubled or tripled.

“Scary, for some people it’s reasonable.

“Those exiting cheap, moving to expensive, or in energy debt would expect to see their direct debit increase by more than the already hideous 54% increase in the energy price cap.

“So to test what’s really happening, we analyzed responses only from people with credit who were and remain on a price cap, because they should only see increases in line with the price cap, around 45% to 65 % .

“Yet even then, on average, many report higher increases, and a quarter say they have been told to pay double what they were paying before.

“It smells bad to me.

“While a higher direct debit doesn’t mean you pay more in the end, any overpayment eventually has to be repaid, it does mean way too much money coming from accounts now, which is often a nightmare in the middle of the cost of living crisis.

Martin Lewis said the findings would be forwarded to BEIS, the House of Commons Affairs Committee and Ofgem (Kirsty O’Connor/PA)

“Yet under the companies license terms you are entitled to a fair levy.

“So if you’re in credit, you’ve been on a standard (capped) variable rate for six months or more, and your charge has gone up way too much: submit an up-to-date meter reading first, then talk to your supplier and politely ask him to justify the increase.

“If that’s not possible, ask for it to be lowered.

“If he refuses, file a formal complaint and take it to the energy ombudsman.”

In response, Octopus Energy told MSE that its own analysis of customer accounts data showed that only 0.84% ​​of people on credit who had been on its standard tariff for more than three months saw their monthly payments double, with a median increase of 59%.

Meanwhile, British Gas told the website the above-average increase may be due to it offering customers the option to freeze their direct debits at their existing levels last winter.

A spokesperson for Ofgem said: ‘Protecting energy customers is our top priority – and it has never been more important than now, during Mental Health Awareness Week, because we are all struggling with the cost of living.

“At Ofgem, we regularly engage with all national suppliers to ensure they charge accurately and treat customers fairly.

“We recently wrote to suppliers advising them that we are commissioning a series of market compliance reviews to ensure, among other things, that they are treating direct debits fairly and that, overall, they are required to higher standards of customer service performance and protect vulnerable customers.

“Once Money Saving Expert provides us with this data, we will review it as part of this crucial review.”

‘Ridiculous’ 20mph speed limits criticized for being obstructive rules that don’t work in practice

0

PLANS for even more roads to hit with 20mph speed limits have been called ‘ridiculous’.

Transport for London (TfL) announced in February that it would introduce new 20mph speed limits on four routes around London.

2

20mph speed limits have been called ‘ridiculous’Credit: iStock-Getty
Jacob Rees-Mogg said the reduced speed limit

2

Jacob Rees-Mogg said reduced speed limit ‘just obstructs traffic’Credit: PA

However, Jacob Rees-Mogg, who lives in West Harptree, Somerset, slammed the speed limits.

He told the Sunday Times Magazine: “The 20mph limits are ridiculous.

“They just impede traffic.

“People are supportive of them when they’re offered, only to realize later how boring they are.

Drivers face £1,000 fine for honking in traffic
Warning for drivers as a major change in the law foresees fines next MONTH

“It’s a microcosm of politics in general: opinion polls suggest something would be popular and once you put it into practice, it’s not.

“People should be free to lead their own lives as far as possible without government interference.”

Rees-Mogg, who is the Conservative MP for North East Somerset, said drivers should be able to live their own lives, in reference to speed limits on the roads.

However, by 2024 TfL hopes to expand the scheme in the capital to 127 road miles with 20mph limits.

Currently, there are around 50 miles of road in the capital under a 20mph restriction.

TfL said it wanted to “keep Londoners and visitors safe” by implementing lower speed limits on the road network.

He added that pedestrians and cyclists were much less likely to be killed or seriously injured if hit at 20mph or less than at 30mph.

Areas that have a 20mph speed limit or have a 20mph zone in place have reported reduced pedestrian injuries as well as traffic volumes.

These areas also often use other traffic calming measures such as road narrowing and speed bumps.

Critics say, however, that areas where these traffic calming measures are damaging the vehicle’s suspension by repeatedly going over speed bumps and causing delays in emergency vehicle response times.

Wales plans to lower most national speed limits where street lights are no more than 200 meters apart – mainly residential and built-up areas – to 20mph by April 2023.

Currently, the default speed limit for these areas is 30 mph.

Rees-Mogg’s outburst comes after restaurant critic Giles Coren admitted he was caught speeding 25mph in a 20mph zone on Kentish Town Road in London.

He said: “If you can’t imagine what a speed like 25mph might be like.

“I invite you to remember, at the age of eight or nine, pedaling your new three-speed Raleigh Grifter up a hill.

“It would have been around 25 mph.

Minder and New Tricks star Dennis Waterman dies at 74 in his Spanish home
Dramatic moment Russian helicopter explodes in Ukrainian drone strike

“When Florence Griffith-Joyner ran the 100 meters in 10.49 seconds at the 1988 US Olympic trials, she was averaging 23.5 mph, which means around the 60-70 meter mark she was doing about 27 or 28 mph.

“Horrible to think, isn’t it, that I was driving my car almost as fast as a woman can run?”

We pay for your stories!

Do you have a story for the Sun press office?

Somerset ranks among the least stressed regions – see the full list

0

Many factors can impact a person’s ability to relax, including the environment.

Where we live can have a huge effect on stress levels, pollution, crime rates and even the weather impacting mood.

According to Forbes Advisor79% of UK adults feel stressed at least once a month, so life insurance experts were keen to find out which parts of England have the coldest and least chilly residents.

Each county in England was analyzed to determine how stressed residents were by taking into account searches for terms such as ‘how to reduce stress’, ‘stress relief’ and ‘relaxation techniques’. From there, the experts were able to determine which areas were most in need of de-stressing.


READ MORE: Expert Reveals The One Food That Will Improve Your Sleep

READ MORE: Lidl announces trial of laundry detergent refill station


The least stressed regions of England

Durham ranked first in the list of least stressed regions. Photo: Google Maps

County Durham ranks as the region with the most relaxed residents, based on search data for stress-related terms. Only 670 searches were made for all stress-related terms combined by county residents, or a miniscule 0.0008 searches per resident.

The famous views of Durham city center’s cathedral, prominent university and flowing River Wear may help explain why residents feel at peace. Outside of the city, 57% of the county is classified as “rural”, also providing residents with plenty of green space.

Somerset also did well by appearing in the top 10 least stressed regions, ranking fifth.

Here’s the full list, including the total number of searches and what that equates to per resident:

1. County Durham – 670 searches – 0.00088 per capita

2. Nottinghamshire – 1,230 searches – 0.00117 per capita

3. Gloucestershire – 1,080 searches – 0.00124 per capita

4. Northumberland – 480 searches – 0.00166 per capita

5. Somerset – 1,530 searches – 0.00167 per capita

6. Berkshire – 1,470 searches – 0.0017 per capita

7. East Sussex – 1,390 searches – 0.00173 per capita

8. Herefordshire – 330 searches – 0.00183 per capita

9. Dorset – 1,350 searches – 0.00184 per capita

ten. North Yorkshire – 1,990 searches – 0.00187 per capita

England’s most stressed regions

Somerset County Gazette: Bristol has been ranked as the most stressed region in Britain.  Photo: Google MapsBristol has been ranked as the most stressed region in Britain. Photo: Google Maps

Bristol is the region with the most stressed residents coming out at the bottom of the table in 46th place. Bristol’s crime rate is 20% higher than the average for England, Wales and Northern Ireland, which could contribute to this.

Other regions that also performed poorly included Merseyside, West Midlands, Tyne and Wear and Greater Manchester, making up the five most stressed regions.

Here’s the full list, including the total number of searches and what that equates to per resident:

1. Bristol – 1,580 searches – 0.00361 per capita

2. Merseyside – 3,380 searches – 0.00265 per capita

3. West Midlands – 6,570 searches – 0.00247 per capita

4. Tyne and Wear – 2,480 searches – 0.00242 per capita

5. Greater Manchester – 6,080 searches – 0.00234 per capita

6. West Yorkshire – 4,930 searches – 0.00233 per capita

7. Leicestershire – 2,260 searches – 0.00229 per capita

8. Cambridgeshire – 1,700 searches – 0.00218 per capita

9. South Yorkshire – 2,760 searches – 0.00216 per capita

ten. Hertfordshire – 2,310 searches – 0.00213 per capita

Offering advice on how to reduce stress, Forbes Advisor Laura Howard said, “Few of us lead entirely stress-free lives. But for some, stress can be debilitating and harmful to their health and well-being.

“Reducing stress levels can help people be healthier and happier, and the good news is that there are many effective ways to do this that are free and easily accessible.

“For example, we should never underestimate the value of just getting some fresh air, whether it’s a trip to the countryside or just a visit to the local park. Exercise can also be extremely beneficial, even if it’s just a walk around the block. This is to trigger the release of endorphins – the body’s natural stress relievers.

“Making time to chat with friends or family is also likely to make you feel better. Anything that brings a new perspective can put problems into perspective and ease feelings of anxiety.

“Some environments may be more conducive than others to living a stress-free existence. But wherever you are, taking steps to reduce stress levels should be a good idea.

QuickQuid and Pounds to Pocket borrowers get payout updates

Borrowers who got badly sold loans from two busted companies that they couldn’t afford will get back a little more than they bargained for.

Around 78,500 QuickQuid and Pounds to Pocket borrowers will receive a refund of some of the interest and charges they have been charged over the next few weeks at 53.5p for every pound owed, it has been confirmed.

Joint Administrators at Grant Thornton originally said Borrowers face a payout of between 30p and 50p for every £1 in interest, fees and charges paid on their missold loans, plus eight per cent interest. But this week they have contacted customers to say they are actually being paid 53.5p for every £1 owed plus interest.

Read more: More families are turning to payday loans as cost of living hits crunch

The update comes after CashEuroNet, which owned payday lenders QuickQuid and Onstride.co.uk (formerly known as Pounds to Pocket), went into administration in 2019 and stopped lending.

The claims portal for those who believed they had been missold a loan closed last February, so it’s too late to make a new claim. Customers who previously made a claim should have received a decision on their claim by the end of June 2021 and a further email this week detailing how much they will be getting back. It is also too late to appeal Grant Thornton decisions as borrowers had 21 days from receiving an initial decision on their claim in June 2021 to do so.

If you have submitted a claim you should provide the contact and bank details you used to obtain your loan and this information will be used by Grant Thornton to provide up to date information about your claim. Any payment due will be transferred this or next week.

It is too late to update your details with Grant Thornton now, so a check will be sent to the address you provided when you applied. If your address is no longer correct, contact CashEuroNet Customer Service on 0800 0163 250.

Payday loans and other short term credit loans were made widely missold and dozens of short-term lenders have gone bust, including former Newcastle United sponsor Wonga, leaving customers with legitimate claims with significantly reduced payouts – or even finding it’s too late to lodge a complaint if their lender has gone bust.

If you couldn’t afford to pay off the loan or the lender didn’t screen your finances properly, you may be able to recover money because lenders need to screen your finances to make sure you can afford the loan and the fees. If, as was usual, that wasn’t done right and you shouldn’t have borrowed the money, or the cost or repayment schedule wasn’t clear, you were missold.

Citizens Advice has a guide to making a claim, including a sample letter to send to your lender here.

Continue reading:

2022 London and UK local election results LIVE: Boris under pressure as ‘Brexit legacy’ bites NI

B

Oris Johnson is coming under mounting pressure after the Tories lost nearly 500 seats across Britain in the aftermath of the Partygate backlash and the cost of living crisis.

The Prime Minister admitted local elections had been ‘difficult’ as the Tories lost 486 council seats, while some MPs like Aaron Bell – who submitted a letter of no confidence to the Prime Minister – said Ms leadership Johnson needed to be addressed.

As concern rumbled in the party, Education Secretary Nadhim Zahawi also called on MPs to unite in order to come back from a bruising election performance which saw the party lose strongholds such as Wandsworth, Westminster and Barnet for Labour.

While the Conservative Party suffered heavy losses, the DUP also fell in the polls, with Sinn Fein now on course to become Northern Ireland’s largest party for the first time in its history.

Of the 67 seats declared, Sinn Fein won 21 while the DUP took 19, a 6.7% drop in its vote share from 2017, which according to polling expert Professor Sir John Curtice, could be attributed to Brexit-related issues.

Writing for the BBC, Sir John said: “The result in Northern Ireland is also part of the legacy of Brexit.

“The Unionist vote has fragmented due to divisions within the community over whether the Northern Ireland protocol is something that can be satisfactorily changed or should be scrapped.”

He added: ‘So the real question is how the UK government is going to manage to negotiate the protocol issue in such a way that the DUP can be persuaded into the executive and they don’t cause too much trouble. damage to the EU is its most immediate political headache.

Reacting to the results during a visit to a school in his Uxbridge and South Ruislip constituency, Mr Johnson told reporters: “It’s halfway through. It’s certainly a mixed set of results.

“We had a rough night in some parts of the country, but on the other hand, in other parts of the country, you still see conservatives stepping forward and making some pretty remarkable gains in places that don’t. have not voted Conservative for a long time, if ever. .”

Follow the results below

Live updates

1651930532

Douglas Ross: Prime Minister must reflect on election results

Scottish Conservative leader Douglas Ross said the Prime Minister needed to reflect on the election results.

Despite voters showing they were ‘unhappy’ with the party, Mr Ross said Boris Johnson should remain at No 10.

“Voters ‘sent a very clear message that they were unhappy at that time,'” the curator said.

The Conservatives have fallen to third place in Scotland in local elections, with Labor now slipping back to second place in terms of votes and number of councillors.

Mr Ross insisted his change of stance had no impact on what he considered to be “disappointing” results.

The Scottish Conservative leader said: “I don’t think if I hadn’t changed my stance in light of the horrific conflict in Ukraine it would have changed the situation because the voters I spoke to were unhappy with the Prime Minister and party door unhappy.

“If I had maintained my position despite the war in Europe, these voters would have always been unhappy with partygate and always unhappy with the Prime Minister because he remains in office.”

1651931159

Sinn Fein success poses ‘big question’ for UK’s future, says Nicola Sturgeon

Sinn Fein’s performance in Northern Ireland showed there were “big questions” about the UK’s future “as a political entity”, Nicola Sturgeon said.

The Nationalist Party appears to be closing in on victory at Stormont, winning the most seats and selecting the country’s next Prime Minister.

And the Scottish First Minister said the result cast doubt on the future, with strong nationalist performances in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland this week.

Speaking to the AP news agency on Saturday, after her party increased its lead in Thursday’s local elections, Ms Sturgeon said: ‘If (Sinn Fein) emerge as the biggest party today’ today in Northern Ireland, which seems very likely, it will be an extraordinary result and something that seemed impossible not so long ago.”

She added: “There’s no doubt that big fundamental questions are being asked in the UK as a political entity at the moment.

“They’re being asked here in Scotland, they’re being asked in Northern Ireland, they’re being asked in Wales and I think we’re going to see fundamental changes in British governance in the years to come and I’m sure one of these changes will be the independence of Scotland.”

1651924676

Final results in Scotland

North of the border, the SNP won another 22 council seats, bringing the party’s total to 453. Labor also won a council.

The Conservatives lost 62 seats, their total number falling to 214. Labor won 20 (282), the Liberal Democrats also won 20 (87) and the Greens 16 (35).

1651922637

Final results in Wales

In line with their overall performance, the Conservatives lost 86 (111) seats in Wales and one council.

Labor won 66 (526) seats including a council proper.

Overall Plaid Cymru won three councils to four but lost six seats. The Lib Dems won 10 seats, taking their share to 69.

1651919605

Former DUP leader Edwin Poots elected in Belfast South

Former DUP leader Edwin Poots won a seat in Belfast South.

The five members of the assembly are:

Deirdre Hargey (Sinn Fein)

Edwin Poots (DUP)

Matthew O’Toole (SDLP)

Paula Bradshaw (Alliance)

Kate Nicholl (Alliance)

1651918993

The Alliance candidate is the first to be elected today

Paula Bradshaw of the Alliance Party was elected in Belfast South.

Today, she becomes the first person elected.

1651915430

Wes Streeting hits out at ‘desperate’ Tories as he defends Sir Keir over Covid inquiry

Shadow Health Secretary Wes Streeting has called the Tories ‘desperate’ for accusing Sir Keir Starmer of breaking lockdown rules.

Durham Police announced on Friday that an investigation into allegations that Sir Keir broke Covid rules during last year’s lockdown had been launched.

Asked if Sir Keir would have to resign if he was fined for breaking the rules, Mr Streeting told Sky News: ‘I really don’t think it’s going to come to this because the police have already considered the issue. I see no reason why they would draw any other conclusions than they did the last time they were asked to review this.

Read our story here.

1651913852

Counting resumes in Northern Ireland

The count has resumed in Northern Ireland where Sinn Feinn are set to become Stormont’s biggest party.

Speaking on Friday, party chair Mary Lou McDonald said: “Today is a good day — it’s about change, progress and partnership.

“We want to thank everyone for voting and participating in a democratic process in what we believe is the election of a generation. We are here to serve everyone.

1651910643

Wes Streeting: Labor has made huge strides

Labour’s shadow health secretary hailed his party’s local electoral performance but warned the opposition would not become a “complacency”.

Speaking to Sky News on Labour’s electoral gains, he said: ‘This is remarkable progress with two years of Keir Starmer leading Labour,’ he said.

“Of course there’s more to do. We don’t mean to sound the least bit complacent about it, but I think that’s what Keir’s next period of leadership in the game is all about. ‘opposition.

“It’s about building on the progress that has been made and turning the hostilities against the Conservatives into government, a desire to see them out of government, which I think these results show, in a hunger, an appetite for a Labor government.

1651907549

Boris Johnson remains an asset, says Nadhim Zahawi

Boris Johnson remains an electoral asset for the Conservative Party, a Cabinet minister has insisted, despite the Tories suffering a net loss of almost 400 seats in local elections.

Education Secretary Nadhim Zahawi has urged Tory MPs not to act against the Prime Minister.

He told Sky News: “He’s an asset, absolutely… If you look at the way Boris travels through places like Nuneaton, places like Newcastle-under-Lyme, other parts of the country as well – Harrow to London.”

In a message to fellow Tories, he said: “People don’t like to vote for split parties, for split teams.

“We are stronger when we are united, we have a Queen’s Speech next week where we will demonstrate to the nation that the second half of this Parliament is about fixing the economy, recovering from Covid, the backlog of the NHS and national security – here at home, safer streets – and, of course, abroad.

“We have a plan for all of these things.

“We are stronger when we are united and that would be my message to all my colleagues.”

Dump Trucks/Body and Dump Trailer Market Size and Forecast

New Jersey, United States – Comprehensive analyzes of the fastest growing companies Dump Trucks/Body and Dump Trailers Market provide information that helps stakeholders identify opportunities and challenges. The 2022 markets could be another big year for Dump Truck/Body & Dump Trailer. This report provides an overview of the company’s activities and financial situation (a company profile is required if you want to raise capital or attract investors), recent developments (mergers and acquisitions) and recent SWOT analyses. This report focuses on the Dump Trucks/Body and Dump Trailer Market over the assessment period 2029. The report also provides analysis of the growth of the Dump Trucks/Body and Dump Trailer market. dumpster that includes Porter’s Five Factor Analysis and Supply Chain Analysis.

It describes the behavior of the industry. It also outlines a future direction that will help companies and other stakeholders make informed decisions that will ensure strong returns for years to come. The report provides a practical overview of the global market and its changing environment to help readers make informed decisions about market projects. This report focuses on growth opportunities that allow the market to expand its operations in existing markets.

Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/download-sample/?rid=507625

(Use company email id to get higher priority)

The report helps both major players and new entrants to analyze the market in depth. This helps key players determine their business strategy and set goals. The report provides key market insights including niche growth opportunities along with market size, growth rate and forecast in key regions and countries.

The Dump Truck/Body & Dump Trailer report contains data based on rigorous studies of primary and secondary schools using best research practices. The report contains exhaustive information which will enable you to evaluate each segment of the Dump Truck/Body and Dump Trailer market. This report has been prepared considering various aspects of market research and analysis. It includes market size estimates, market dynamics, and company and market best practices. Entry marketing strategy, positioning, segmentation, competitive landscape and economic forecasts. Industry-specific technology solutions, roadmap analysis, alignment to key buying criteria, in-depth vendor product benchmarking

Key Players Mentioned in the Dump/Body Trucks and Tipper Trailers Market Research Report:

Stargate Manufacturing, EAST, Somerset Welding and Steel, Berkelmans Welding and Manufacturing, Rhodes, M&K Truck Centers, AIR-FLO, Alum-Line, Amthor International, Caseco Manufacturing, Beau-Roc, Bibeau, Brandon Truck Equipment, BUCKS, Duraclass

Dump Trucks, Bodies & Dump Trailers Market Segmentation:

By Product Type, the market is primarily split into:

• Articulated dumpers
• Electric dump trucks
• Mechanical dump trucks

By application, this report covers the following segments:

• Mining industry
• Realization
• Municipal services
• Other

Get a discount on the purchase of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=507625

Scope of the Dump Truck/Body and Dump Trailer Market Report

ATTRIBUTES DETAILS
ESTIMATED YEAR 2022
YEAR OF REFERENCE 2021
FORECAST YEAR 2029
HISTORICAL YEAR 2020
UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

Geographic segment covered in the report:

The Dump Truck/Body & Dump Trailer report provides information on the market area, which is subdivided into sub-regions and countries/regions. In addition to the market share in each country and sub-region, this chapter of this report also contains information on profit opportunities. This chapter of the report mentions the market share and growth rate of each region, country and sub-region over the estimated period.

• North America (USA and Canada)
• Europe (UK, Germany, France and rest of Europe)
• Asia-Pacific (China, Japan, India and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region)
• Latin America (Brazil, Mexico and rest of Latin America)
• Middle East and Africa (GCC and Rest of Middle East and Africa)

Key questions answered in this Dump Truck/Body and Dump Trailer market report

  1. How much revenue will the Dump Truck / Body & Dump Trailer Market generate by the end of the forecast period?
  2. Which market segment is expected to have the maximum market share?
  3. What are the influencing factors and their impact on the Dump Truck/Body and Dump Trailer market?
  4. Which regions are currently contributing the maximum share of the global Dump Truck/Body & Dump Trailer market?
  5. Which indicators are likely to drive the Dump Truck/Body & Dump Trailer market?
  6. What are the key strategies of the leading Tipper/Body Truck and Tipper Trailer market players to expand their geographical presence?
  7. What are the key advancements in the Tipper/Body Truck and Tipper Trailer market?
  8. How are regulatory standards affecting the dump truck/body and dump trailer market?

For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/product/dump-truck-body-dump-trailer-market-size-and-forecast/

Visualize the Dump Truck/Body and Dump Trailer Market with the help of Verified Market Intelligence:-

Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

VMI provides a global overview and competitive landscape with respect to region, country and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with an integrated presentation function that saves you more than 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D and product development. products. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

Visualize the Dump Truck/Body & Dump Trailer Market Using VMI@ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

Most Popular Reports

Global Solar Wind Hybrid Market Size and Forecast

Global Oil Offloading Systems Market Size and Forecast

Global LNG Loading and Offloading Systems Market Size and Forecast

Global Portable GFCI, Temporary Power and Automotive Battery Accessories Market Size and Forecast

Global Letterpress Printing Machines Market Size and Forecast

Global Off-Grid Photovoltaic Inverter Market Size and Forecast

Global Automatic Weather Station Market Size and Forecast

Global Steel Grain Silos Market Size and Forecast

Global Cleaning Machines Market Size and Forecast

Global Dump Trucks/Body and Dump Trailer Market Size and Forecast

About Us: Verified Market Reports

Verified Market Reports is a leading global research and advisory company serving over 5000 global clients. We provide advanced analytical research solutions while delivering information-enriched research studies.

We also provide insight into the strategic and growth analytics and data needed to achieve business goals and critical revenue decisions.

Our 250 analysts and SMEs offer a high level of expertise in data collection and governance using industry techniques to collect and analyze data on over 25,000 high impact and niche markets. Our analysts are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

Our research spans a multitude of industries, including energy, technology, manufacturing and construction, chemicals and materials, food and beverage, and more. Having served many Fortune 2000 organizations, we bring a wealth of reliable experience that covers all kinds of research needs.

Contact us:

Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

E-mail: sales@verifiedmarketreports.com

Website: – https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/

Bath property tycoon charged with ‘crime against wildlife’ at beauty spot

0

Trevor Osborne, a property mogul with a home near Bath, has been charged with environmental crimes, after he allegedly demolished a bat roost. The alleged incident happened during clearance works for his new hotel, in Porthleven, Cornwall.

The Combe Hay resident already owns large swaths of Cornish Harbor and is in the process of turning the Fish Warehouse and surrounding land into a Porthleven Arts Hotel, Cornwall Live reports. Work on Breageside Quay is due to start in September.

The Trevor Osborne Property Group applied for planning permission for the project in 2018. Due to the location of the development in front of an ancient excavated cave where bats can roost, the council requested that an impact assessment environmental impact on bats is carried out.

READ MORE: Big ‘panther’-like cat spotted near Frome

The survey revealed the presence of greater and lesser horseshoe bats which are not only protected but have priority status. They are also designated European protected species.

For work to continue in the port, the company – and its subcontractors – would have needed a special license from Natural England. They should also have followed an agreed work schedule with an environmentalist to ensure the bats are not disturbed.

Now the Porthleven Environment Group has claimed the developers broke all the rules and committed a wildlife crime. The real estate group denies these allegations.

READ MORE: Warning as meter-long poisonous snake spotted on beach near Somerset

Trevor Toms, the chairman of the environmental group, said: “You can’t just bulldoze in. That’s exactly what Trevor Osborne Property Group and its contractors have done.

“They used heavy machinery to demolish the workshop, which led to the destruction of a pipistrelle roost which is one of our most common, but nonetheless protected bat species. They drilled anchor points in the cliff to put mesh in and cover the bat cave with an industrial steel netting which is a blatant obstruction of a nesting area.

“We alerted them to what they had done and they quickly punched a hole in the net. And it was certainly very quick because they realized that if they hadn’t breached any planning requirements they had definitely broken the law. All of these, the destruction, disturbance and obstruction of roosts are against the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981.”

Mr Toms said the PEG has since reported the property group and its contractors to the Devon and Cornwall Police Wildlife Crime Unit. A police spokeswoman confirmed this, saying an investigation had been opened: “Police have been made aware of reports of disturbance to bat habitat at Porthleven. wildlife crime have been informed and investigations are still ongoing.”

Mr Toms explained that the environmental group’s complaint did not relate to the merits of the Porthleven Arts Hotel and associated development. He said it was about doing things legally so that protected species could remain so.

He added: “We are completely concerned about a developer’s blatant disregard for endangered species which they trample for money. This wildlife crime should not be swept under the rug.

“If the police don’t prosecute, it sets a shocking example for other developers, many of whom are doing things properly and legally. If other developers go through environmental investigations and play by the rules, why can’t the Trevor Osborne Property Group- he not do the same.”




A spokesman for the Trevor Osborne Property Group said that over the past few months the company had prepared for the main contract by completing enabling works, including demolishing an on-site shed and stabilizing the cliff face. behind the site.

He added: “The work excluded any interface with the cave at the rear of the site where bat activity has previously been reported and did not include any work known to obstruct this cave. We emphasize that the cave is currently less obstructed than at any time in its recent history, and our contractor has confirmed that he did not cover or obstruct the cave during his work.

This is the contentious point which the PEG says is not true, claiming that the entrance to the cave was discovered after alerting the contractors that they could not put wire mesh in front of the opening of the cave. cave.

The TOPG spokesperson added: “As part of our development work, our conservationist has highlighted the need to obtain a license from Natural England before the tunnel is blocked and we can confirm that this requirement will be met before In addition, the agreed construction of a new bat roost on the roof of the fish store is expected to be built at the very start of the main contract program We have passed on Porthleven Environment’s concerns Group to our environmentalist and we will comply with any other requirements they deem necessary.”

What are horseshoe bats?

The greater horseshoe bat was traditionally found in caves, but these days it tends to like old buildings, like churches and barns. It is rare in the UK and like many other bats its numbers are dwindling.

You can spot them at night, and only between April and October, as they hibernate during the winter, in abandoned caves, mines and tunnels. One of our largest bats, they are the size of a small pear and catch insects like moths using echolocation.

Greater horseshoe bats in the UK are only found in South West England and South Wales. You can spot them by their plump, horseshoe-shaped noses and reddish-brown fur on their backs and cream below.

The lesser horseshoe is one of our smallest bats and is about the size of a plum. Like its “tall” cousin, it has a characteristic fleshy horseshoe-shaped nose. Its coat is gray-brown on the back and white below.

They are also in decline and – like the greater horseshoe – are a protected European species. Both types are also priority species under the UK’s post-2010 biodiversity framework.

What the law says?

According to Schedule Five of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981, “A person is guilty of an offense if, intentionally or recklessly,

  • it damages or destroys any structure or place that any wild animal specified in Schedule Five uses for shelter or protection;
  • it disturbs such an animal while it is occupying a structure or place which it uses for shelter or protection; or
  • it obstructs access to any structure or place that such an animal uses for shelter or protection.”

Schedule Five includes “all species of horseshoe bats”. You can find the full law here.

Want our top stories with fewer ads and alerts when the biggest news drops? Download our app at iPhone or android.

Frank Lampard accused by FA over Merseyside derby comments

0

Everton boss Frank Lampard has been charged by the Football Association following his comments following his side’s defeat in the Merseyside derby last month.

Lampard claimed Liverpool would have been kicked if Mohamed Salah went down like Anthony Gordon did in a challenge that referee Stuart Attwell did not penalise.

Gordon, who had been booked for diving in the first half at Anfield, went down after apparent contact from Joel Matip but Attwell did not award a penalty or show a second yellow card.

The Toffees then contacted the Professional Match Referees Council for the second time this season with concerns over the decision.

Lampard said in his post-match interview: “It’s a penalty for me. You don’t get them here. If it was Mo Salah at the other end, he gets a penalty. I don’t don’t try to create a conflict; it’s just the reality of football.

“I’ve played in teams in the first half of the league – you understand them. It was a penalty for sure. It’s a clear foul.”

The FA objected to the comments, citing an implication of “bias and/or damage to the integrity of the match referee or referees in general”.

An FA statement read: “Frank Lampard has been charged with breaching FA rule E3 in relation to post-match media comments he made following Everton’s Premier League game FC against Liverpool FC on Sunday 24 April.

Frank Lampard was unhappy with the refereeing in Everton’s loss at Anfield (Peter Byrne/PA)

“It is alleged that the manager’s comments constitute inappropriate conduct as they involve bias and/or attack the integrity of the match referee – or referees in general – and/or bring the game into disrepute contrary to FA Rule E3.1.

“Frank Lampard has until Monday, May 9, 2022 to provide an answer.”

In March, the club received an apology, following another formal complaint, from PGMOL chief Mike Riley following the failure to award a handball to Rodri in the home loss to Man City.

On that occasion, referee Paul Tierney was blindsided and VAR Chris Kavanagh ruled there was not enough evidence to show the ball hit City midfielder in the arm despite TV replays quite conclusive.

Boris Johnson’s UK government ‘mired in foolishness and scandal’ and could face collapse, says Lib Dem leader

British Prime Minister Boris Johnson’s administration is “mired in foolishness” and could suffer the same fate as his Tory predecessor John Major 25 years ago, Liberal Democrat leader Ed Davey has warned.

After weeks of damaging stories about culture in Westminster, Mr Davey compared the situation to 1997, when he was first elected and the Tories crumbled against Tony Blair’s Labor Party.

‘The Conservative government had run out of steam, was not listening to people and was mired in foolishness and scandal,’ Mr Davey said.

“And when I talk to people on the doorstep, the biggest issue, actually, is the cost of living. And when you walk out of Westminster and you talk to people from across the country, they are quite alarmed that the Conservatives are so out of touch that they are raising taxes.

Local council elections across the UK tomorrow will follow revelations about anti-lockdown parties in No 10 and Whitehall, the resignation of Conservative MP Neil Parish for watching pornography in the House of Commons and the conviction of MP Imran Ahmad Khan for sexually assaulting a 15-year-old boy.

Mr. Davey added that, in another echo from 1997, it is the issue of household finances that is raised by voters.

“There were a lot of stealth taxes, remember, and we see that again; we are witnessing 15 tax hikes by the Conservatives, quite unfair hikes, in a period of crisis in the cost of living.

“So I haven’t seen anything like it since I’ve been in Parliament, but it reminds me of that time when the Tories completely lost touch.”

But while in 1997 Mr Blair and then Lib Dem leader Paddy Ashdown discussed at length the possibility of working together, Mr Davey insisted there was no more pact with Labour, although he welcomed Keir Starmer’s party shift to the centre.

“I welcome politicians from all parties who share similar political positions, who change their political positions to be more aligned with us, of course I welcome that.

“And there is no doubt that Keir Starmer is much more in the center than [former Labour leader and Sir Keir’s predecessor] Jeremy Corbyn. I mean, this is not news. And I think it’s a good thing for British politics if people are more towards what I call the reformist centre.

The Tories have suggested local elections have seen Labor withdraw in areas such as the South West of England, where the Liberal Democrats pose the biggest threat, with Mr Davey’s party returning the favor in the North-east.

But he added: “There is no pact. There will be no pact.

He cited “very clear” evidence, with the Lib Dems taking on Labor in other parts of England and triumphing in by-elections in Chesham, Amersham and North Shropshire.

Mr Davey said he was relishing the prospect of another by-election in Tiverton and Honiton, with the safe Tory seat vacated by Mr Parish.

The Lib Dems will have to overturn a majority of 24,000 but the Lib Dem leader said: ‘It reminds me of the by-election in North Shropshire.

“There was a very rural community where conservatives had taken this for granted for decades. When we started knocking on doors in North Shropshire, people were talking about ambulance wait times, a health service in crisis, farmers feeling betrayed.

“I would expect there to be some in Tiverton and Honiton.”

FCC questions Wahl about radio station WQZS in Meyersdale, PA

0

Roger Wahl could almost run out of time to save his station.

The Federal Communications Commission has granted Meyersdale-based radio station WQZS (FM) owner and on-air personality Wahl several breaks in a proceeding to determine whether to revoke his license. But not more.

The fate of WQZS hangs in the balance with Wahl meeting or not meeting two FCC deadlines this month. WQZS, a rock and oldies station, is Somerset County‘s newest independent radio station and one of the few in the whole region.

The FCC’s ongoing investigation into Wahl began when he acquired a criminal record in 2020.

An FCC order issued Friday related to two separate motions filed by the commission’s enforcement office to compel Wahl to send information necessary for its proceedings.

Other:Last chance for WQZS? Hearing set for Roger Wahl to save or lose his radio station.

According to an FCC order dated March 8, Administrative Law Judge Jane Hinckley Halprin was concerned that Wahl was not treating the proceedings with “appropriate seriousness” at the initial status conference. Parties are expected to abide by FCC rules, she said.

“No less than five times the presiding judge has made this clear during the brief duration of these proceedings,” Hinckley Halprin wrote.

Wahl is facing the potential revocation of his FCC license. It is “the most severe sentence the commission imposes on a licensee. Yet when the presiding judge ordered him to do something as simple as forward an email he had already sent, he did nothing,” the judge wrote in the discovery order.

“This procedure will not continue on this trajectory,” Hinckley Halprin wrote. “(Any) further failure to meet a time limit or follow an order of the presiding judge could form a basis for dismissal of this proceeding, which, in turn, will result in the revocation of his FCC license.”

Then she gave him one more opportunity to comply with FCC orders.

Why did the FCC get involved in WQZS?

In September 2019, Wahl was arrested and charged with creating a fake dating profile. He used it to solicit men to rape a woman he knew and was accused of placing a trail camera in the woman’s bathroom without her knowledge or consent.

In March 2020, Wahl filed a request to transfer control of WQZS to his daughter, Wendy Sipple, for $10. The FCC approved the transfer on June 1, 2020.

Wahl pleaded guilty on July 8, 2020 to a felony charge of criminal use of a means of communication and misdemeanor charges of recklessly endangering, unlawfully disseminating an intimate image, tampering with evidence and identity theft. The FCC reversed its decision in an order dated July 13, 2020, returning the application to pending status.

Past:Radio personality receives restricted probation in sex case

Wahl was sentenced on November 17, 2020. He was placed on probation for three years, with four months of electronic monitoring. He was also prohibited from being on the air during electronic surveillance.

On October 19, 2021, the FCC issued a Designation of Hearing Order beginning proceedings to revoke WQZS’s license following his crime. WQZS’ transfer request to Sipple has been put on hold.

The battle for airtime continues

Wahl has until Friday to file information that was first due to be released in March and then extended until Friday. He has until May 25 to respond to the FCC’s request for response to additional questions and documents.

On March 14 of this year, the enforcement office served Wahl with its first request for production of documents and other documents. Commission rules state that a response is due within 10 calendar days.

On March 26, in response to an email sent to him by the office after the due date, Wahl said he emailed the requested documents, but received a message error when he attempted to upload the documents to the Commission’s electronic comments repository. system, a requirement for documents to be considered filed.

After:Meyersdale radio station owner not responding to FCC order

The presiding judge accepted a corrected motion and extended the deadline to April 14. Additionally, Wahl’s document emails to the office were also to be downloaded and emailed to Hinckley Halprin or his special counsel by April 8. who said he was not computer savvy — the extra time in part because he is representing himself, which is allowed in this case, according to the order.

“To date, Mr. Wahl has not responded to the EB’s corrected motion to demand documents, nor has he uploaded the previously provided documents or emailed them to the presiding judge or to his special counsel as instructed,” Hinckley Halprin wrote.

Also on March 14, the enforcement office served interrogatories, a list of 38 questions, for Wahl to answer. On March 26, he filed a response in the commission’s electronic filing system.

In response, bureau officials sent him a detailed email identifying deficiencies in 12 of the questions in his submission, then decided to compel those responses by April 11. He never answered, according to the order.

He has until May 25 to send the requested documents, the judge wrote.

Follow Judy DJ Ellich on Twitter at @dajudye.

John Lewis launches recruiting campaign amid online growth

0

The John Lewis Partnership is recruiting for more than 150 engineering and delivery management positions as part of a major investment in its online stores.

The retail giant, which also owns supermarket Waitrose, said its recruitment drive will help grow its online stores, which together see more than 55 million visits per month.

Online sales have exploded in the wake of the home delivery boom caused by the pandemic shutdowns.

They now account for nearly 70% of total John Lewis sales, while Waitrose has seen its online share quadruple, from 5% in 2020 to nearly 20% this year.

It comes after John Lewis said last month he was bringing back his 3% staff bonus after cutting payments last year for the first time since 1953.

But plans to expand the company’s online team follow recent sweeping job cuts at its department stores.

Last July, the group announced that it planned to cut an additional 1,000 jobs after the closure of 16 department stores, representing nearly 4,000 job cuts in total in just over a year.

The overhaul saw John Lewis cut costs by £170m, while reporting a sharp rise in pre-tax profit to £181m in the year to January 29.

The retailer said last week it had repaid a £150million bank loan before it was due to avoid unnecessary interest charges and prepare for a possible recession in the UK.

The head office vacancies announced today include software, cloud platform and data engineers to help innovate the company and develop its purchasing applications.

It also posted more than 70 driver openings across the UK as demand for home deliveries of groceries and household items remains high.

Sandra Christie, Group Engineering Manager, said: “We have an industry-leading team driving the digital growth of our two iconic brands, Waitrose and John Lewis.

“It’s our partners that make the difference and we’re really excited to make this significant investment in growing our engineering talent.”

John Lewis said its employees are eligible for benefits including flexible working, store discounts and equal parental leave.

Charles Franklin, Kirsten Johnson, Mary Triggiano, Melody Harvey

Wisconsin horseracing polls running months ahead of the Aug. 9 primary show few surprises — but perhaps incongruously — 2022 voter enthusiasm is higher among those least confident about the 2020 election, according to April responses on the Marquette University Law School survey. Nationwide, COVID-19 cases have tripled in the last month, and Milwaukee is seeing its own surge, though hospitalizations and deaths aren’t rising at a similar rate, Milwaukee Health Commissioner Kirsten Johnson said. A pandemic-related backlog in crime cases has prompted courts across the state to dig out, but an infusion of federal money offers hope, said Chief Justice of Milwaukee County Courts Mary Triggiano. A report by Pew Charitable Trusts showed Wisconsin is one of seven states that doesn’t have an interest rate cap on payday loans — Melody Harvey, a professor of consumer science at UW-Madison, described what happens when a borrower fails to repay such loans.

Karl Franklin
Director, Marquette Law School survey

  • Republicans who are the least confident in the accuracy of the 2020 election are more enthusiastic about voting in 2022, while those who are most confident about the election outcome are less enthusiastic about voting accordingly Poll published on April 27th.
  • Franklin: This is within the Republican Party and has real implications for the primary and maybe the general. Those who are the least confident are about 20 points more enthusiastic about voting than Republicans who are confident in the election result. Well, that likely means that the primary voters will be more heavily biased toward the election’s skeptics. And you see that the candidates have to deal with this in their campaigns. But it also means that Republicans who don’t agree the election was stolen might not be enthusiastic enough to back an election-skeptical candidate who carries that into the November election. So it’s something to watch as this split within the party and about a third of Republicans are pretty confident again. Does it hurt you in the fall? , even if it means that the skeptics have the upper hand in the first place?”

Kirsten Johnson
Health Commissioner, City of Milwaukee

  • As is the case throughout Wisconsin, COVID-19 cases are on the rise again in Milwaukeewhich has seen “significant increases” over the past two weeks.
  • Johnson: “I think the most important thing to recognize is that Covid is here with us, that there is a risk, you have to assess your own risk, but also compare that to what we experienced in December and January. And it’s nothing compared to what we saw mid-wave… But I think the message is that we know how to live with it. We have learned an enormous amount in the last two years. We know that when you are at higher risk you need to be more careful. We know the people and the people know their own risks and how comfortable they are with risks. We know that there are children for whom there is no entitlement [a] Vaccine we expect to arrive later this summer. But I think it’s really about identifying your individual level of risk to your family and then comparing that to the activities you engage in and again knowing that there are many things we can do. I can put on a mask. We can social distance. We can test before we get together with friends or family for a large gathering. So we have tools that we didn’t have before.

Maria Triggiano
chief judge, Milwaukee District Court

  • Wisconsin has a backlog of more than 17,000 felony cases in court as of April 25, 2022, including more than 1,600 in Milwaukee. The pandemic closed courthouses and delayed hearings of cases, and they continued to pile up even as conditions eased. Wisconsin is with more than 30 million dollars into federal pandemic relief funds to hire attorneys, court clerks, and clerks to catch up on those cases. In Milwaukee, more than $14.5 million will be used to staff five new courts, including a night court. The chief justice said that money was welcome.
  • Triggiano: “I think there is a certain level of hope. I mean everyone knows that we want to ensure fair, just and timely justice. And the backlog weighs pretty heavily on everyone. The judges are working as hard as they can to get these cases moving. The prosecutors, the district attorneys, the public defenders, the clerks and the assistant clerks are all pitching in and trying to figure out how we can move the cases forward as quickly as possible. So this investment gives us an opportunity, I think, to restore some balance to our court system so that we can advance justice at a pace that we all think is appropriate. I think everyone really has hope for that money to come in.

Melody Harvey
professorUW-Madison Department of Consumer Sciences

  • A Policy letter from April 2022 of Pew Charitable Trusts found that Wisconsin is one of seven states that do not cap interest rates on payday loans. Pew showed that Wisconsinits pay an average of $395 in fees when paying off a $500 loan over four months — an interest rate of 338%.
  • Harvey: “Payday loans are designed for short-term maturities because proposed “payday” loans are something that would be relied on between payment periods – and the general fact that they are typically small dollar loans, and therefore available for one are less than hundred dollars as opposed to, say, thousands of dollars, as with a personal loan or with a bank or credit union. Given the small dollar amounts, we would like to believe that one would be able to repay them However, given income volatility, numerous other shocks can also occur including potential payday delays resulting in the renewal of this loan… So if you are renewing a payday loan, you are effectively borrowing not only for that initial principal amount, but also the interest on those fees accrued by that initial borrowing.”

Watch new episodes of Now here Fridays at 7:30 p.m.

What Andy Murray said about the UK government’s plan to ban Russian players

Andy Murray has expressed his disapproval of Wimbledon’s decision to ban Russian and Belarus players from the tournament.

Murray said he “didn’t support” the decision to ban Russian and Belarusian players from the event, but also said there was no “right answer” to the situation.

Register to our World of Sport newsletter

The Scot is donating his entire prize money this 2022 season to humanitarian aid in Ukraine and said government advice, which has also asked sporting bodies to seek written confirmation of players’ neutrality if they had to compete, were ‘useless’.

What did Wimbledon say about the ban?

On Wednesday April 27, 2022, the All England Club said: “We share universal condemnation of Russia’s unlawful actions and have carefully considered the situation as part of our duty to the players, to our community and to the general British public. as a British Sporting Institution.

“If circumstances change materially by June, we will review and react accordingly.”

All England Club chairman Ian Hewitt said: “We recognize that this is hard on those affected, and it is with sadness that they will suffer from the actions of the leaders of the Russian regime.

World No. 2 Daniil Medvedev reportedly suffers consequences of Wimbledon ban of Russian players

“We have carefully considered what alternative measures could be taken with the advice of the UK Government but, given the high profile environment of the Championships, the importance of not allowing the sport to be used to promote the Russian regime and out of our wider concerns for the public and the players (including family safety), we do not believe it is viable to proceed on any other basis at the Championships.

What did Andy Murray say about the decision?

Speaking ahead of his match against Dominic Thiem at the Madrid Open, Murray said: “I am not in favor of banning players. The advice from the government has not been helpful.

“From what I understand, Russians and Belarusians can play if they sign a declaration that they are against the war and against the Russian regime.

“I don’t know how comfortable I would feel if something happened to one of their family players (as a result). I don’t think there is a right answer.

“I spoke to some of the Russian players. I spoke to some of the Ukrainian players. I feel really bad for the players who are not allowed to play and I understand that it will seem unfair to them.

“But I also know some of the people who work at Wimbledon, and I know how difficult a position they were in. I feel for everyone, I feel for the players who can’t play, and I don’t support a team or the other.”

What have other tennis stars said?

Andy Murray isn’t the only player against the ban. Russian tennis player Andrey Rublev called the move “total discrimination”, while Novak Djokovic called it “crazy” and Victoria Azarenka said it made “no sense”.

Djokovic added to his comments saying: “I still stand by my position that I don’t support the decision. I think it’s just not fair, it’s not fair, but that’s what it’s all about. ‘is.

21-time Grand Slam winner Rafael Nadal said: “I think it’s very unfair to my Russian tennis friends, my colleagues. It’s not their fault what’s happening right now with the war.

When is the Madrid Open?

Nadal, Djokovic and Murray are all featured at the Madrid Open this week, which is available to watch through Amazon Prime.

This is the first tournament in 2022 in which Nadal and Djokovic will play together and the final is scheduled to take place on Sunday, May 8, 2022.

Pennsylvania district attorney suspended under house arrest after new assault charge

0

SOMERSET, Pa. (AP) — A suspended western Pennsylvania prosecutor has been placed under house arrest pending trial in separate sexual assault and assault charges.

A Somerset County judge on Friday revoked bail for Jeffrey Thomas, 36, the county’s elected district attorney, and ordered him to stay at a relative’s Windber home with an electronic ankle monitor.

Thomas was jailed last week for common assault, reckless endangerment and harassment after state police alleged he was seen on a video call punching a woman while the two were getting into a vehicle in May 2021. He was already facing sexual assault, aggravated indecent charges of assault, unlawful restraint and strangulation in an alleged attack on a woman at his Windber home in September.

Senior deputies in the state attorney general’s office have called for Thomas to be jailed pending trial, accusing him of an ongoing ‘pattern of violent behavior’ seen in the two cases and other incidents not resulting in of criminal charges. Defense attorneys Ryan Tutera and Eric Jackson Lurie said those cases did not argue in favor of bail being revoked. Tutera said Thomas maintains he is innocent of all charges.

Judge Timothy Creany, a senior Cambria County judge appointed by the court to hear the case, ordered Thomas to avoid contact with anyone associated with the charges and to follow probation reporting guidelines, warning that the Failure to follow these rules would mean “immediate incarceration.” ”

Thomas was elected in 2019 but was suspended after charges were filed in the sexual assault case, and his salary was cut several months ago.

READ MORE:

Harrisburg man acquitted in 2016 homicide accused of killing 2 people in his rooming house

Strode College Success at AoC Sport National Championships

0

Strode College STUDENTS took part in the AoC Sport National Championships in Nottingham last weekend, coming home with the Wilkinson Sword Trophy as they helped the South West region finish in first place.

Emily Baker competed in table tennis and Alex Lewis in cross country. They traveled to the University of Nottingham where they battled college athletes from England and Wales during the three-day event.

This past weekend, Emily competed in table tennis and Alex in cross country, earning valuable points for the South West region.

In addition to individual glory, teams aimed to rack up points for their region and win the prestigious Wilkinson Sword Trophy.

Mike Cher with the sword.

Mike Dear, head of sports development, said: “This time we were able to beat our main rivals and neighbors to the southeast, and won the Wilkinson Sword Trophy.

“A big achievement for a small area of ​​colleges, but it shows the sport is massively strong in our area, congratulations to Emily Baker and Alex Lewis for helping bring the Wilkinson sword back to Strode College.”

After intense competition, the South West region won the Wilkinson Sword with a total of 140 points, the first time the region has won the coveted title since 2016.

Dean Hardman, Director of Sport and Student Experience at AoC Sport, said: “It goes without saying that the last two years have been extremely difficult for everyone and especially for young people.

“Given all the challenges colleges have faced throughout the pandemic, it is exceptional to see so many people joining us in Nottingham and to see so many students enjoying their sport and its many benefits. It was a privilege to welcome them.

Teach them personal finance in high school. – Twin Cities

0

I’m an educator at Robbinsdale Armstrong High School in Plymouth, where I teach both introductory and advanced placement (AP) economics. This topic is close to my heart for many reasons. Practical Economics has a direct translation into the real world that my juniors and seniors will soon be partaking in. As a result, I use my class to try and do my best to prepare them for what is to come.

In a personal finance unit, students complete a comprehensive budget project in which they gain experience of “coming of age” by creating a monthly budget. This includes paying rent, insurance, student loans, car loans, and more. The exercise is a real eye opener for the students. Comments like, “Real life is insanely expensive” or “Wow, this compound interest stuff really works” are common.

Students learn that student loans are legally binding and how credit card debt can destroy dreams. You’ll learn about the ever-changing investment landscape, why market time is better than trying to time the market, and how diversified investments in low-cost index funds have outperformed most active traders over time.

As a teacher, it is rewarding to hear from my former students how they have opened an IRA or successfully obtained a business loan based on what they learned in class. One former student was so confident in what he had learned in my class that after graduating from college and establishing himself as a young professional, he began funding scholarships for Personal Finance Students of the Year, which are held each year on June 12th be given to my students.

When I tell parents about the personal finance topics I discuss with my high school seniors (things like budgeting, credit, saving, investing, and IRAs), I can’t tell you how often parents respond with, “I wish I’d learned that in the High School!”

When I show students the power of compound interest, how regularly saving and investing small amounts of money over a lifetime can turn into a small fortune, students often ask why don’t more people know about it. My answer is that it’s not her fault; the simplest were never taught. What a disservice to our future generations!

Personal finance education enables students to learn strategies that break the cycle of poverty and build generational wealth. They’re more likely to invest their savings and less likely to fall for expensive predatory loans (e.g., payday loans). Personal finance teaches practical survival skills—investing for retirement, navigating educational and career decisions, managing credit, budgeting, insuring assets—skills ALL young people need to thrive in modern life. Can we think of anyone who would not benefit from exposure to this material in their lifetime?

A comprehensive personal finance education prepares students to face some of our society’s greatest financial necessities…before meeting them in “the school of hard punches.” These skills are too important and require more than a brief unit in a business class or waiting until individual counties/schools need personal finance. Currently, only 1 in 6 high school students in Minnesota is guaranteed to take a personal finance course before graduation.

Minnesota voters believe the state can do better. In an April 2022 poll conducted by Public Policy Polling for the NGPF Mission 2030 Fund, 82% of our state’s voters said they “believe all high school students should be guaranteed a foundation course in… personal finances,” and 86% said lawmakers urgently need to address this.

I urge our lawmakers to review research that conclusively shows that students who receive quality personal finance instruction in school manage their finances better as adults, resulting in less debt, higher credit scores, higher personal income and a overall better quality of life.

After passing the draft law, I am confident that the implementation will also go well. I’ve taken training from the Minnesota Council on Economics Education and Next Gen Personal Finance, both of which are great organizations that take on the challenge of preparing Minnesota teachers for free.

There is growing momentum across the country to make personal finance a degree requirement. Let’s keep Minnesota at the forefront of education and prepare our students for the challenging financial landscape by ensuring that every Minnesota student receives a quality personal finance education.

James Redelsheimer teaches at Robbinsdale Armstrong High School in Plymouth. He is an author of Barron’s AP Economics, board member of BestPrep, Master Teacher with the Minnesota Council on Economic Education, and Next Gen Personal Finance Teacher Fellow.

UK government wants to regulate Apple TV+, Netflix and other streaming services

0

For the first time, streaming services like Apple TV+, Netflix, Disney+ and Amazon Prime could be regulated as linear broadcasters under the UK government’s new plans due to a ‘White Paper’ policy document. .

As reported by Deadline“UK regulator Ofcom, which currently oversees network television content, will be responsible for applying and enforcing guidelines on streaming services, which are currently not subject to the broadcasting code.”

The changes would require video-on-demand services to ensure their audiences are protected from harmful or offensive content, and that the principles of fairness, accuracy and privacy all apply.

The white paper outlines possible fines for breaching the code, with any roaming VoD service liable to pay £250,000 or a figure of up to 5% of the organisation’s revenue, whichever is greater.

From now on, these rules would only apply to larger streaming apps. Although Apple TV+ is not a giant streaming service, it is owned by the most valuable company in the world.

“These changes will mean the UK public will be better protected from harmful content and better able to complain to Ofcom if they see something they are concerned about. Respecting the issues of freedom of expression and proportionality, smaller and lower-risk on-demand services in the UK will continue under existing rules,” the white paper states.

The document also highlights the problem with global players such as Google, Amazon and Apple:

These new global players – the Googles, Amazons and Apples of this world – succeed because they offer convenience and integration. But the growing power of these actors and the data they have at their fingertips will inevitably impact how rights of access, distribution and visibility are negotiated in the future. While the increased range and ownership of distribution platforms generates potential benefits in consumer choice and innovation, there is a risk that the broadcasters we know and love in the UK will be simply ousted.

You can read the full whitepaper document here.

Related:

FTC: We use revenue-generating automatic affiliate links. After.


Check out 9to5Mac on YouTube for more Apple news:

Wood Flooring Market Size, Trends and Forecast to 2029

0

New Jersey, United States – The latest research report provides a comprehensive assessment of the Parquet market for the forecast year 2022-2029, which is beneficial for companies regardless of their size and turnover. This survey report covers key market insights and industry approach to COVID-19 (Omicron) in the coming years. The Wood Flooring market report presents data and information on investment structure development, technological improvements, market trends and developments, abilities and comprehensive information on major players in the market. wood flooring market. The global market strategies undertaken with respect to the current and future scenario of the industry have also been listed in the study.

The study discusses the elements driving the global wood flooring market. Traders and investors can use this data to strategize to increase their market share, and newcomers can use it to locate opportunities and grow in the business. There are also some restrictions on expanding this market. The Wood Flooring market study also provides company biographies, SWOT analysis and business strategies for key players in the industry. Additionally, the research focuses on major industry players, providing details such as company descriptions, skills, current finances, and company advancements.

Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full Table of Contents, List of Tables and Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/download-sample/?rid=42167

Key Players Mentioned in the Wood Flooring Market Research Report:

Armstrong Flooring Inc., Tarkett SA, K�hrs Holding AB, Nature Home Holding Company Limited, Mohawk Industries Inc., Boral, Beaulieu International Group, Mannington Mills Inc., Somerset Hardwood Flooring Inc., Brumark.

The report begins with a brief introduction and overview of the Wood Flooring market, about the current market landscape, market trends, major market players, product type, application and region. It also includes the impact of COVID-19 (Omicron) on the Global Wood Flooring Market trends, future forecasts, growth opportunities, end-user industries, and market players. It also provides historical data, current market scenarios, and future information regarding the Wood Flooring market. This study provides a comprehensive understanding of the market value with product price, demand, gross margin and supply of the Wood Flooring market. The competitive outlook section of the report presents a clear overview of the market share analysis of key industry players.

Wood Flooring Market Segmentation:

Wood Flooring Market, By Product

• Solid wood
• Laminated wood
• Engineered wood

Wood Flooring Market, Application

• Residential
• Commercial

Get a discount on the purchase of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=42167

Scope of the Wood Flooring Market Report

ATTRIBUTES DETAILS
ESTIMATED YEAR 2022
YEAR OF REFERENCE 2021
FORECAST YEAR 2029
HISTORICAL YEAR 2020
UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

It becomes easy to determine the pulse of the market with this detailed analysis of the wood flooring market. Key players can find all competitive data and market size of major regions like North America, Europe, Latin America, Asia-Pacific and Middle East. As part of the competitive analysis, certain strategies are profiled which are pursued by key players such as mergers, collaborations, acquisitions and new product launches. These strategies will greatly help industry players to strengthen their position in the market and grow their business.

Answers to key questions in the report:

1. Who are the top five players in the wood flooring market?

2. How will the wood flooring market develop over the next five years?

3. Which product and which application will take the lion’s share of the wood flooring market?

4. What are the Wood Flooring Market drivers and restraints?

5. Which regional market will show the strongest growth?

6. What will be the CAGR and size of the Wood Flooring market throughout the forecast period?

For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/product/wood-flooring-market/

Visualize Wood Flooring Market Using Verified Market Intelligence:-

Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

VMI provides a global overview and competitive landscape with respect to region, country and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and findings with an integrated presentation feature that saves you over 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D and development of products. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

Visualize the wood flooring market using VMI@ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

About Us: Verified Market Research®

Verified Market Research® is a leading global research and advisory firm that for over 10 years has provided advanced analytical research solutions, personalized advice and in-depth data analysis to individuals and businesses seeking accurate research, reliable and up to date. data and technical advice. We provide insight into strategic and growth analytics, the data needed to achieve business goals, and help make critical revenue decisions.

Our research studies help our clients make superior data-driven decisions, understand market forecasts, capitalize on future opportunities, and maximize efficiency by working as a partner to deliver accurate and valuable insights. The industries we cover span a wide spectrum, including technology, chemicals, manufacturing, energy, food and beverage, automotive, robotics, packaging, construction, mining and the gas. Etc.

At Verified Market Research, we help in understanding holistic market indicator factors and most current and future market trends. Our analysts, with their deep expertise in data collection and governance, use industry techniques to gather and review data at all stages. They are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, subject matter expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

Having served over 5000 clients, we have provided reliable market research services to over 100 Global Fortune 500 companies such as Amazon, Dell, IBM, Shell, Exxon Mobil, General Electric, Siemens, Microsoft, Sony and Hitachi. We have co-consulted with some of the world’s leading consulting firms such as McKinsey & Company, Boston Consulting Group, Bain and Company for custom research and consulting projects for companies around the world.

Contact us:

Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

Verified Market Research®

USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

E-mail: sales@verifiedmarketresearch.com

Website:- https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/

Wordle 315 April 30: Wordle Clues and Answer of the Day

0

Wordle has taken the world by storm, and if you haven’t given in to the daily game, we can guarantee you’ve seen the elusive squares all over social media.

The game uses the same rules as Scrabble, where only real words are allowed in both the guesses and the outcome.

If you get a letter in the right place and form the correct word, the square turns green.

But if the guessed letter is in the word but not in the right place, the square turns yellow.

Wrong letters turn gray to facilitate the elimination process for the six tries.


Wordle tips and best starting words to keep your streak going


Hint for today’s Wordle Saturday April 30

If you’re still trying to save your streak, don’t scroll down yet, maybe some clues will send you on your way.

Today’s word starts with the letter L and ends with the letter A.

It has two instances of a vowel.

It is the active immature form of an insect, especially one that differs greatly from the adult and forms the stage between egg and nymph.

What is Wordle’s answer for today, Saturday April 30?

If you dropped out of today’s game, we can save you the misery. But those still trying to crack the 5-letter code, look away now.

The word for April 30 is LARVA.

Wordle New York Times

The game was created by software engineer Josh Wardle, who recently announced that he had sold the popular word game to The New York Times.

In a statement on Twitter, he wrote: “Since launching Wordle, I have been impressed with the response from everyone who has played.

“The game has become bigger than I ever imagined (which I guess isn’t much of an achievement considering I made the game for an audience of just one).

“It was amazing to see the game bring so much joy to so many people and I’m so grateful for the personal stories some of you have shared with me – from Wordle uniting estranged family members, to causing friendly rivalries, supporting medical recoveries.

“On the other hand, I would be lying if I said it wasn’t overwhelming.”

Sri Lankan president ‘agrees to replace his brother as prime minister’

0

Sri Lanka’s president has agreed to replace his older brother as prime minister in a caretaker government proposed to resolve a political stalemate caused by the country’s worst economic crisis in decades, a prominent politician has said.

President Gotabaya Rajapaksa has agreed that a national council will be appointed to appoint a new prime minister and an all-party cabinet in parliament, politician Maithripala Sirisena said after meeting the president.

Mr Sirisena, who was president before Mr Rajapaksa, was a ruling party politician before defecting earlier this month along with nearly 40 other lawmakers.

Sri Lanka is on the verge of bankruptcy and has announced that it is suspending payments on its foreign loans.

Sri Lankans representing various government establishments attend a protest rally during a strike demanding the resignation of President Gotabaya Rajapaksa (Eranga Jayawardena/AP)

It must repay US$7 billion in foreign debt this year and US$25 billion by 2026.

Its foreign exchange reserves amount to less than one billion US dollars.

The shortage of foreign currency has severely limited imports, forcing people to queue to buy basic necessities such as food, fuel, cooking gas and medicine.

Mr. Rajapaksa and his family, including Prime Minister Mahinda Rajapaksa, have dominated almost every aspect of life in Sri Lanka for most of the past 20 years.

Protesters who have taken to the streets since March hold them responsible for the crisis.

“Buy now, pay later” plans come with costly snags

0

Buy now, pay later (BNPL) plans are increasingly being offered as a convenient credit alternative that allows purchases to be made in installments, typically four payments over six weeks. The so-called “fintech” (financial technology) companies that offer these plans often advertise that they offer consumers interest-free payments with no credit impact.

But consumer groups and economic justice organizations are warning that these financial products, which already affect 8.42 million consumers, may be just another explosive form of lending that exploits unsuspecting consumers through a lack of transparency, usually causing confusion about the true terms and consequences carries with the product. Without effective regulation, millions more consumers could be financially fooled by BNPL.

Consumers can take advantage of BNPL offers from companies like Affirm, Klarna, PayPal Pay in 4 and Sizzle, as well as others at brick-and-mortar stores like Macy’s, Footlocker, Target and Walmart and online retailers like Amazon.

BNPL purchases require direct payment deductions from credit or debit cards. Since each BNPL purchase comes with its own due dates – as opposed to the fixed payment date for a credit card bill – these recurring deductions can easily result in consumers incurring additional bank fees charged for insufficient funds and overdrafts. And many BNPL transactions don’t automatically come with product return and/or fraud protection that credit cards offer. Instead, these credit terms are currently at the discretion of BNPL providers. As a result, consumers can end up with no goods while their money is still being withdrawn from debit or credit card accounts.

Complaints to the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) and the Better Business Bureau have identified several consumer issues, including a lack of information on how to initiate disputes, delays in receiving refunds and ongoing repayment requests from BNPL lenders.

Last November, Marisabel Torres, the Center for Responsible Lending’s director of California policy, testified before Congress that BNPL loans are typically designed to avoid coverage by the Truth in Lending Act (TILA).

“This law excludes from the definition of ‘creditor’ someone who makes a loan that does not require a financing fee and is repayable in four or fewer instalments… The fact that it’s a “free credit” product begs the question: what’s the catch?” said Torres. “It turns out there are a number of catches — some detectable, some potential — that require regulatory attention and response.”

Advocates say many adverse effects could be avoided if BNPL lenders were required to verify a consumer’s ability to repay before making the first loan. Instead, each billing cycle tends to worsen rather than improve the borrower’s financial position, dragging them deeper into the debt trap.

Just a month later, in December 2021, consumer and economic justice advocates applauded the CFPB when it announced it would launch an investigation into major BNPL lenders.

“By opening this investigation, the Consumer Protection Agency is taking a great first step in learning more about this industry and preventing harm to consumers,” said Torres of CRL.

Without vigilant oversight and proper regulation, Torres and other advocates warn, products that promise to promote financial inclusion could instead exacerbate financial exclusion.

In March of this year, a coalition of 77 organizations representing national consumer organizations and advocates in 16 states and the District of Columbia sent a letter urging CFPB to treat BNPL as a form of credit and lenders offering the products , subject to regulation by relevant consumer financial protection laws such as TILA. This law requires responsible underwriting, disclosure of fees and the ability to dispute charged items.

Without regulation, the increasing use of BNPL could inflict new financial harm on consumers, especially those with the least financial resources.

Charlene Crowell is a senior fellow at the Center for Responsible Lending.

New approach to import controls to help lower the cost of living

0

Remaining import controls on EU goods will no longer be introduced this year, the government announced today.

Instead, traders will continue to ship their goods from the European Union to Britain as they currently do.

Russia’s illegal invasion of Ukraine and recent increases in global energy costs have had a significant effect on supply chains still recovering from the pandemic.

The government therefore concluded that it would be wrong to impose new administrative requirements on businesses that could pass the associated costs on to consumers already facing pressure on their finances.

The change in approach is expected to save UK importers at least £1 billion in annual costs.

The government will now consider how to implement these remaining controls in an improved way. The new target operating model will be based on better risk assessment and harness the power of data and technology. It will be published in the fall and the new control regime will come into effect at the end of 2023.

This process will build on existing work already underway under Border Strategy 2025, including the UK’s One Stop Shop – a new digital platform that will help traders move goods across borders more easily. global scale. Our goal is to create a new seamless “digital” frontier, where real-time technologies and data will reduce queues and facilitate exchanges.

The controls introduced in January 2021 on the highest risk imports of animals, animal products, plants and plant products will continue to apply alongside the customs controls that have already been introduced.

Brexit Opportunities Minister Jacob Rees-Mogg said:

Today’s decision will allow UK businesses to focus on recovering from the pandemic, managing global supply chain issues and ensuring new costs are not passed on to consumers.

It is essential that we have the right import control regime in place, so we will now work with industry to review these remaining controls so that they best meet the interests of the UK.

We want the process of importing goods from the EU to be safe, secure and efficient and we want to leverage innovative new technologies to streamline processes and reduce friction. It is precisely because of Brexit that we are able to build this UK-centric system.

The UK Government is committed to ensuring the process of importing goods remains safe, secure and efficient and will leverage new innovative technologies to streamline future processes and reduce friction.

Our engagement with the industry will be guided by these goals and will build on existing work already underway, including the UK’s One Stop Shop – a new digital gateway that will help traders move goods across the border more easily. global scale.

John Keefe, Director of Public Affairs. Eurotunnel said:

Eurotunnel supports this decision which will ensure the smooth flow of goods to the UK. This is good for traders as it reduces import declaration paperwork on foodstuffs and perishables.

It’s good for carriers because it increases border fluidity and it’s good for consumers because it reduces the cost of living.

Michael Schymik, International Director of SEF Langdon’s said:

Current paper-based SPS processes and procedures are not suited for the digital world of the 21st century.

This policy shift towards a smarter digital border by the UK government will enable the free flow of safe food products in Britain.

The decision could lead to more EU businesses returning to export to the UK market, increasing competition and ultimately lowering prices for the consumer.

Notes to editors:

Watch Hot Fuzz from the iconic Somerset filming location

0

Hot Fuzz is perhaps one of the most popular films ever made in Somerset. When it hit theaters in 2007, viewers were thrilled with its genius parody of the well-worn cop movie.

Pair that with some excellent satire of English village life and you’re onto a winner. It’s hard to believe that Hot Fuzz – part of The Three Flavors Cornetto Trilogy written by Edgar Wright and Simon Pegg – is now 15 years old.

However, the storyline has aged well and is perhaps as hilarious today as it was in the 2000s. Outstanding London cop Nicholas Angel is unwittingly moved to a quaint English village and paired with a mindless new partner. . While on the beat, Nicholas suspects a sinister plot is afoot with the residents – spooky.

READ MORE: I went to Bath to watch a play and absolutely nothing went right

As any local fan of the film knows, virtually the entire story was shot in Wells. Places like the Bishop’s Palace, St Cuthbert’s Church, The Crown pub and the Swan Hotel provide the backdrop for Sergeant Angel’s hair-raising stint in Sandford.

Now you can relive the laughter of your youth with a special 15th anniversary screening of Hot Fuzz outside the Bishop’s Palace. The event was organized by Wells Film Theater staff, who said “the show will go on regardless of the weather”.

So this Friday, April 29, pull out a patch of grass for your picnic blanket or deck chair and sit back, relax and prepare to be transported to the idyllic village of Sandford. Tickets cost £25 each and include a pork roast, drink and goody bag.

Due to very strong language and strong comedic bloody violence, you must be 15 years or older to attend. You can find more details and book tickets here.

Want our top stories with fewer ads and alerts when the biggest news drops? Download our app at iPhone or android .

NJ Virtual Forum: What is the role of a “funeral attendant?”

0

NEW JERSEY- The following press release is courtesy of the Funeral Consumers Alliance of Northern New Jersey. Learn more about posting announcements or events to your local Patch site.

New Jersey residents can now choose a funeral attendant to ensure that instructions for the disposition of their remains are carried out after death. The funeral agent has full legal authority to carry out, with the help of funeral directors or cremation professionals, the end-of-life wishes of a spouse, family member, loved one or from a friend.

The Funeral Consumers Alliance of Northern New Jersey will host a virtual program on Sunday, May 1 at 2:15 p.m. on “The Importance of Designating a Funeral Attendant to Fulfill Your End-of-Life Wishes.” The presentation is a practical guide to having a conversation with your loved ones about selecting a funeral agent and what the agent is authorized to do.

The Funeral Officer Lecture will be presented by Warren County Assistant Deputy Thomas K. Thorp, who will share information about funeral officer law and officer responsibilities. It will also explain the painful issues that can arise if a person dies without leaving clear plans for disposing of their remains.

Admission is free, but pre-registration is required.

FCANNJ members, their guests and the public are invited to attend. There are no fees. Participants are requested to pre-register by clicking on the FCANNJ website: https://fcannj.org/.

Thorp will provide the following information about funeral attendants:

  • Brief Summary of Funeral Agent Law in New Jersey
  • Benefits of using a funeral agent
  • Importance of taking the time to share your end-of-life arrangements and wishes with family, loved ones or friends
  • How to download the free “Appointment of an Agent to Supervise Funeral and Disposal of Remains” form (available on the New Jersey Division of Consumer Affairs website)
  • Quick details on how to complete the form, where to store (avoid safe deposit boxes) and who should receive copies.

Thorp will also take questions from the audience after the presentation.

Thorp said: “Every year there are stories of families arguing over the funeral, burial or cremation of a deceased loved one. The disputes have led to family members continuing in court and they’ve spent thousands of dollars in legal fees. Eventually, an assistant prosecutor rules on the disposition of the loved one’s body.”

The Assistant Surrogate encourages families to discuss a loved one’s end-of-life plans long before a person dies or becomes chronically ill.

Thomas K. Thorp was called to the bar in 1985. He is licensed to practice law in New Jersey. He was in private practice from 1985 to 2011 and has served as Warren County’s deputy attorney since 2011.

The Funeral Consumers Alliance of Northern New Jersey (FCANNJ) is a non-profit, non-sectarian organization, which is not affiliated with any funeral and cremation service providers, cemetery companies or online counseling companies that advise families about death and dying. FCANNJ’s mission is to provide objective end-of-life planning advice that individuals and families can trust and use to become more informed consumers of funeral services. The organization also recommends that families choose environmentally friendly end-of-life arrangements. FCANNJ, part of the National Funeral Consumers Alliance (FCA), serves the communities of Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Morris, Passaic, Sussex, Union, Warren and parts of Somerset counties. The New Jersey chapters of the FCA were founded in the 1960s by volunteers from Montclair, Morristown and Paramus, NJ. More information is available by visiting the organization’s website www.fcannj.org.

Send local news tips and correction requests to eric.kiefer@patch.com. Sign up for Patch’s email newsletters.

Elon Musk urged to “clean up” Twitter’s digital public square

0

Elon Musk must weed out “coordinated armies of bot accounts” on Twitter that are disrupting genuine debate if he is serious about building the platform on free speech, the chairman of the joint committee on the free speech bill has said. online security.

Tory MP Damian Collins says the billionaire must follow through on his pledge to support free speech on the site and ‘defeat spambots’ after it was confirmed he had reached a 34-year deal £.5 billion to take over the platform.

Mr Collins is a leading figure in the tech sector review, having led a Joint Committee of Parliament to consider the Online Safety Bill, the government’s proposed new internet safety rules.

“Elon Musk calls Twitter the place of the digital city, but it has become a place where free speech is drowned out by coordinated armies of bot accounts that spread misinformation and division,” he said. .

“Twitter is a place where many users feel inhibited from speaking out, due to the hate and abuse they will receive.

“This digital public square is currently not a place of real debate, but a forum where campaigns, sometimes supported by Russian state agencies, seek to outsmart Twitter’s algorithms to promote their worldview and suppress any opposing voice.”

“If Elon Musk really wants to make Twitter a matter of free speech, he’ll have to clean up the digital city square.”

Reaction to Mr. Musk’s takeover proposal has been mixed, with some industry experts, academics and even Twitter users worrying about the Tesla boss’s stance as an “absolutist of freedom of expression” and whether that might mean a relaxation of content moderation rules.

But Twitter founder Jack Dorsey hailed the takeover, calling it a “right way” for the company and welcoming the decision to let Mr Musk take the social media platform into private ownership and away from the advertising model and Wall Street.

“In principle, I don’t think anyone should own or run Twitter,” Dorsey said.

“He wants to be a public good at the protocol level, not a company.

“Solving the problem of being a business though, Elon is the singular solution I trust. I trust his mission to expand the light of consciousness.

Downing Street said “regardless of ownership, all social media platforms must be accountable”.

“This includes protecting users from harm on their sites,” the prime minister’s official spokesperson said, adding that Twitter was an “important tool” and that the government would “continue to work with them to ensure that ‘he continues to improve’.

But online safety campaigners have warned that any changes to content moderation could have a “chilling effect” on children’s safety on the site.

Some internet safety activists are concerned about the move (Yui Mok/PA)

Andy Burrows, head of child safety online policy at children’s charity NSPCC, said there was an urgent need to clarify the approach a Musk-led Twitter would take to tackle online abuse. .

“There is a huge difference in results between a platform tackling online sexual abuse and meeting basic legal requirements,” he wrote in a tweet.

“It is too early to draw conclusions, but the headwinds indicate a crippling effect. Proper regulatory guardrails have never seemed more important.

“The tension between libertarian views and the fight against illegal behavior is not new, but it is pressing.

“Would Twitter still look for child abuse in DMs? If the Online Safety Bill prevents Ofcom from proactively requiring it, where are we? »

Elsewhere, actress and The Good Place activist Jameela Jamil was among those who said they would leave the site as a result of the deal.

“I fear this offer of free speech will help this hellish platform to reach its final form of totally anarchic hatred, bigotry and misogyny. Good luck,” she said.

The names of other smaller social media platforms have also been trending on Twitter since the announcement as users debated whether to switch to alternative sites.

Mr Musk tweeted on Tuesday afternoon, saying: ‘The extreme antibody reaction from those fearful of free speech speaks volumes.’

UK government defends bonuses paid to staff at collapsed company Bulb | Energy industry

0

The UK government has defended its decision to pay millions of pounds in bonuses to staff at collapsed energy supplier Bulb, despite the fact that it was effectively nationalized as part of a bailout that could cost £2.2 billion pounds to taxpayers.

Quarterly “retention bonuses” were deemed necessary to prevent an exodus of staff that could have sabotaged efforts to keep the business afloat while a buyer is found, multiple sources familiar with the matter said.

“The alternative is that hundreds of people leave and you can’t sell it,” a Whitehall source said. “You can’t provide energy to people if there’s no one working in the business.”

Bulb Energy, which has more than 1.5 million customers, is currently run by consultancy Teneo, appointed under the ‘special administration’ scheme after the energy provider became the world’s biggest 20 to collapse under the weight of exorbitant energy prices.

The arrangement is the first test of a system designed to kick in when an energy supplier is too big for its customers to transfer immediately to a competitor.

As part of the deal, a court appointed Teneo to manage day-to-day operations on behalf of the government, which is funding the costs. Financial advisory firm Interpath has been recruited to run Bulb’s parent company, Simple Energy.

The decision to pay quarterly bonuses, first reported by the Financial Times, appears to be up to Interpath as the payroll is handled by Simple Energy.

A Department of Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy spokesperson said: ‘Bulb’s directors have implemented an employee retention program to maintain operational efficiency and customer support.

“Bulb’s special administrator remains legally bound to keep the costs of the administrative process as low as possible – which is what the employee retention program is compatible with.

“The government will seek to recoup the costs at a later date, ensuring that we get the best value for taxpayers.”

The cost of running Bulb could be as high as £2.2bn, the Office for Budget Responsibility has said, while some reports suggest £3bn is not unrealistic.

A government source insisted the costs had yet to reach the £1.7billion originally planned. The cost includes a much criticized £250,000 salary for Bulb boss and co-founder Hayden Wood, who has apologized for the company’s demise.

Sign up for the daily Business Today email or follow Guardian Business on Twitter at @BusinessDesk

An Interpath spokesperson said: ‘The teams at Simple and Bulb have worked incredibly hard since the companies entered bankruptcy last November, ensuring the companies were able to continue trading and ensuring continuity of service. for 1.5 million customers, and all against the context of personal uncertainty that any administration inevitably causes.

British Gas owner Centrica and Abu Dhabi-based renewable energy company Masdar are said to be the first to buy Bulb Energy, with the government hoping investment bank Lazard can find a buyer by June.

Four other parties have expressed interest, according to a Whitehall source, and could be tapped if Centrica and Masdar drop out.

Top 3 installment loan apps to get you started

0


Lending apps are gradually replacing traditional credit agencies or credit unions. Today, traditional lending institutions struggle with the convenience and seamless processes of these apps. Additionally, these apps and online lenders accept applicants regardless of their credit history.

However, it can be difficult to identify trustworthy installment loan apps. There are many lending companies in this industry and while some offer good services, others are opportunistic and deceptive.

That’s why we’ve listed the top three installment loan apps to get you started on the right foot. Let’s dive in!

The top 3 installment loan apps to get you started

1. Heart Paydays

Heart Payday is a popular credit app in the United States. This website offers all of their loan services online, saving you the hassle of in-store loan applications. You can complete the entire application process in five minutes or less.

They offer various loan services such as: bad credit loan guaranteed approval $5000which can help you meet your emergency needs.

This app has a user-friendly interface and practically everyone can maneuver it conveniently and easily. The site is known for accepting applicants who have been rejected by other lenders as their eligibility thresholds are relatively lower than

in most credit institutions. For example, they accept people with bad credit, the unemployed, and recipients of government benefits.

Typically, Heart Payday loans have an APR of between 5.99% and 35.99%.

advantages

  • There is no paperwork
  • Same day payout
  • Easy application process

Disadvantages

2. Viva payday loan

The Viva payday loan app is another great option for paying in installments when you are short on cash. The site offers no-guarantee loans just a few hours after completing your application.

Viva Payday Loan has partnered with direct lenders who can meet your borrowing needs as soon as possible. In addition, these direct lenders offer different loan amounts.

Viva Kredit does not carry out an intensive credit check when checking loan applications and even does so people with bad credit to secure loans from them. Other groups of people, such as the unemployed and beneficiaries of state subsidy programs, can also apply for a Viva Payday Loan.

Their payday APRs range from 5.99% to 35.99%. This is mainly because every direct lender they work with imposes their interest rates. One of their main disadvantages is that their services are not accessible in all states.

advantages

  • Same day payouts
  • The simple and fast application process
  • Flexible loan amounts from $200 to $5,000

Disadvantages

  • Viva Loan services are not available in all US states

3. Credit clock

Credit Clock Loan is considered to be the best for quick loan approvals. They offer a range of credit products to their customers such as:

This is the ideal lender if you are in urgent and urgent need of some quick cash as the quick loan approval process and fast withdrawal time can save you time.

They offer loans to people with bad credit and even to those who receive government benefits. However, you must meet their minimum requirements; You must be over 18 years of age, show proof of earning at least $1,000, and be a US citizen. In some cases, you will need to prove your employment by submitting your pay slip.

advantages

  • Fast application process
  • Same day payouts
  • People with poor credit ratings may also apply

Disadvantages

  • Loans can only be applied for by people earning at least $1,000

Conclusion

Knowing that you have a loan option within reach of your phone can be an amazing feeling. We often find ourselves in a difficult situation, and going through the in-store loan application process can go a long way toward funding an emergency. Therefore, credit apps can make our life much easier.

However, this also exposes us to a great temptation. Unlike the traditional lending system where you have time to think things over before taking out a loan, the new app option gives you the luxury of completing a loan application in just a few clicks. Some people, especially spendthrifts, could get into cycles of debt.

Scream Truck brings on-demand ice cream to your doorstep

0

If you see a neon pink ice cream truck driving through your neighborhood with modern tunes, it’s not there by accident.

Each day, Scream Truck visits different towns in Union, Somerset, Essex and Morris counties, with an ever-growing set of routes.

If you signed up on the Scream Truck website, you’ll get a text message in the morning when the truck is in your neighborhood that afternoon or evening. Respond Y to let Scream Truck know you’d like it to stop by, then place your order and prepay for your ice cream so it’s ready when the truck arrives.

Founder Eric Murphy, who has a background in event technology, media and marketing, was inspired to start the company after hearing a traditional ice cream truck cruise near his Basking Ridge home.

“We have this rickety old ice cream truck driving around our neighborhood,” said Murphy, a self-proclaimed ice cream lover. “The product is really bad, it still looks scary and I just thought, ‘Why hasn’t anyone ever done this differently?’ “

This is exactly what his new company does.

“I thought, ‘There’s gotta be a better way to let people know you’re coming than a song playing on the truck,'” Murphy continued. “People are constantly texting the ice cream truck in our town, trying to get him to come to their house, so that’s where the idea of ​​texting came in. I then thought, “How can we organize this better and make it more efficient for the truck so that we can serve everyone?” “

Limited-edition seasonal sundaes are especially popular at Scream Truck.

That works. When Murphy launched the concept in Westfield in June 2020 with a Facebook post, 500 households signed up within the first 24 hours. There are now 22,000 homes on the list, all thanks to word of mouth and without any official advertising.

Coffee and wine:Bliss Coffee Lounge in Somerville will soon be a wine lounge

Scream Truck can’t visit yet every 22,000 households – about 30-40% of them are in towns that have not been added to the routes. But the listings allow Murphy to determine which spots should be added later.

Scream Truck regularly visits twenty cities, including Westfield, Scotch Plains, Fanwood, Cranford, New Providence, Berkeley Heights and Bridgewater. The truck usually visits each neighborhood once a week.

Currently, Scream Truck regularly visits about twenty cities.

“What really blew me away, and still blew me away every day, is the organic spread of what we do,” Murphy said. “It’s so consistent. Every time we come to a city, all the cities around it start signing up and we start expanding to each of those cities.

The truck works all year round. Customers can also reserve the truck, even if it is not on a regular route. Events cost between $250 and $750.

Last year, Scream Truck held 2,000 events. For these, special messages to the guest of honor are displayed on two 4K LED monitors. Menu items are also named after them and curated music plays. Soon, event patrons will be able to create their own playlists.

Scream Truck sauces are made by Ghiradelli and sprinkles are made by Fancy Sprinkles.

The soft serve ice cream comes from a mix made by Upstate Farms in New York. Limited-edition seasonal sundaes are popular, such as the current NFT (which stands for Nutella, Hazelnuts, also known as Hazelnuts and Toasted Coconut). It also includes vanilla ice cream, a Nutella cookie, and whipped cream for $8.50.

“I can marry you and bake the cake”:Chef David Burke is an ordained minister Non-dairy and vegan ice creams are available, as well as fruit popsicles. All sauces are made by Ghiradelli and vermicelli is made by Fancy Sprinkles.

Eric Murphy was inspired to start Scream Truck after hearing a traditional ice cream truck cruise near his Basking Ridge home one day.

An ice cream truck that comes to your house on demand and can host socially distanced events might seem like a COVID-19 era invention, but Murphy came up with the idea in January 2020.

The pandemic certainly hasn’t hurt his efforts, however.

“COVID certainly helped in the beginning because people were so excited for something like this to come to them while they were stuck at home,” he said. “We did 50-75 events in January 2021. We would go to people’s houses and it would snow, and they would be so happy we were there.”

More information at shouttruck.com.

Jenna Intersimone.

Jenna Intersimone has been a staff member of the USA Today Network New Jersey since 2014, having become a blogger-turned-journalist after founding her award-winning travel blog. To get unlimited access to her food, drink and fun stories, please subscribe or activate your digital account today. Contact: JIntersimone@Gannett.com or @JIntersimone.

NHS waiting list rule that allows patients to avoid queues

0

A growing number of people in the UK have turned to private healthcare due to record waiting times for NHS services, according to a new report.

Report author Liz Heath said: “There appears to be a direct correlation between well-publicized and lengthened NHS waiting lists and waiting times for elective procedures and diagnoses and inquiries on self-payment. Since these waiting lists are not falling, we would expect demand to be sustained as people seek to access treatment.”

As it stands, the NHS is currently testing new ways to reduce waiting times, including a monitoring device to speed up the diagnosis of irregular heart rhythms, which has reduced waiting at Liverpool Heart and Chest Hospital from eight weeks to a few days. , according to the Liverpool Echo. Meanwhile, a ‘life-saving’ phone app has also been launched to detect cancer, removing unnecessary referrals to dermatology. But one program could allow you to skip NHS waiting lists altogether.

The NHS’ “right to choose” is protected and guaranteed by its constitution, which “gives most people living in England the right to choose where to receive treatment”. With a few caveats like catchment area, capacity and cost, patients have the legal right to choose their practice, decide on their NHS care and choose the organization providing the care when they are referred by their GP to a first appointment with a consultant or specialist.

You can even choose to be treated by a clinical team led by a consultant or appointed healthcare professional, and be referred to many private hospitals, as long as they provide services to the NHS and it doesn’t cost more expensive to the NHS than a referral. at a standard NHS hospital. The NHS e-Referral Service, an electronic referral service, allows people living in England to choose from clinics and hospitals, including some private hospitals, across England.

Private organizations accessible under the NHS right to choose are called ‘qualified providers’. These include Psychiatry UK, an online psychiatry service with “contracts to provide adult ADHD diagnosis and treatment services with a number of clinical commissioning groups in England”.

Patients could wait years for a first appointment with the NHS, according to the charity ADHD Action, but they could be seen within weeks and start taking medication within months by going private. However, demand is currently so high that all appointments for Psychiatry UK’s adult ADHD services are fully booked until October 2022, according to its website.

The right to choose applies to both mental health and physical conditions, and covers services ranging from general medicine to specialized tests and treatments. There are certain circumstances in which you do not have the right to choose, including whether you are a prisoner or in the armed forces, whether you use emergency services or need emergency treatment or emergencies such as cancer services where you must be seen within a maximum of two weeks.

But you can ask to be referred to another hospital if you have to wait longer to see a specialist for a suspected cancer, or if you have to wait more than 18 weeks before starting treatment for a physical or mental health problem, if your treatment is not urgent.

The NHS website said: “You should always be given a choice at the time of referral and the opportunity to discuss options with the person referring you. If you believe you have not been offered a choice, you should speak to the person who is referring you in the first place.”

For more stories of where you live, visit In your region.

These areas of Somerset could be underwater by 2030

0

The research was conducted by an independent organization of eminent scientists and journalists, collectively known as the Central Climatewho investigate climate change and its impact on the public.

Using current projections, they produced a map showing which areas of the country would be submerged by 2030.

Places in Somerset threatened by rising sea levels

Large swaths of Somerset are at risk from rising sea levels. Image: Climate Central

The Climate Central map reveals that large areas of Somerset are at risk of losing land to sea level rise within less than a decade.

The search results are grim for residents of Bridgwater, Burnham-on-Sea, Glastonbury and Weston-super-Mare, showing that most land in these areas is at risk of being lost to the sea.

The risk extends to towns as far inland as Langport, Muchelney and Ilchester

Elsewhere in Somerset, tourist destinations including major sections of Minehead, Blue Anchor, Bossington Beach and Porlock Weir are also in the ‘red zone’.

Towns such as Taunton, Wellington, Ilminster, Chard, Yeovil, Castle Cary and Shepton Mallet are all outside the ‘at risk’ areas.

Datasets include “an error”

Climate Central admits the calculations that raised fears of a nightmare scenario have “a few errors”.

He says: “These maps incorporate large datasets, which always include errors. These maps should be viewed as scouting tools to identify locations that may require further risk investigation.”

The maps were based on “worldwide datasets for elevation, tides and coastal flood probabilities” and “imperfect data is used”.

Somewhat comfortingly, Climate Central adds: “Our approach makes it easy to quickly map any scenario and accurately reflect the threats of future permanent sea level rise.

“However, the accuracy of these maps decreases when assessing extreme flood risk.

“Our maps are not based on physical simulations of storms and floods and do not take into account factors such as erosion, future changes in storm frequency or intensity, inland flooding, or contributions from precipitation or rivers.”

But he adds: “Improved elevation data points to far greater global threats from sea level rise and coastal flooding than previously thought, and therefore greater benefits in reducing their causes. .”

An honest crust? The British government intervenes in the face of the threat of “sourfaux” against artisan bakers | Leaven

0

With ingredients consisting of nothing but flour, water, and salt, sourdough bread may seem like one of life’s simplest and most unambiguous pleasures. But it is now coming under scrutiny as part of a government review over long-running claims that a ‘sourfaux’ scandal is undermining traditional authentic bread.

The Real Bread Campaign, a project run by Sustain, the non-profit alliance for better food and farming, says supermarket chains and industrial bakeries are misleading customers, selling breads labeled as “made with sourdough’ for as little as £1.20.

Factory-made breads can contain up to 15 ingredients, including palm oil and commercial yeast.

Real Bread campaign coordinator Chris Young said new bread labeling rules needed to be imposed on supermarkets and major bread companies to protect small-scale traditional bakeries. Activists complained of a “sourfaux each for himself”.

He said: ‘We think a lot of people are being misled when buying their bread. Making sourdough is a slower process. We would like the definition to be “bread made without additives and using a living sourdough culture”.

The government has formed a bread and flour technical task force to review the regulations, and the Real Bread campaign has submitted a series of proposals for a radical overhaul of bread labelling.

Ministers confirmed that the task force was reviewing the use of the word sourdough – “to assess whether providing a definition of sourdough would benefit consumers”.

They are also urged to crack down on supermarkets’ use of the term “freshly baked”. Supermarket bakeries have been accused of being “bread tanning parlors” in which pre-baked and sometimes frozen bread is ironed through an oven shortly before sale.

The UK bread market is worth around £4 billion a year and in recent years the number of independent bakeries has increased. Traditional bakeries still represent only 5% of the bread market in value; large-scale bakeries account for about 75% and in-store bakeries 20%.

Instead of commercial yeast, sourdough bread is made with natural yeast in a fermented mixture of flour and water called the “starter.” It takes much longer to ferment and rise than bread with added yeast. Research has shown that sourdough bread is a much richer source of minerals, including magnesium, iron, and zinc.

Charlotte Nemeth, co-owner of Seasons Bakery in Ingleton in the Yorkshire Dales. Photography: Bakery of the Seasons

While a genuine sourdough loaf from a traditional bakery usually costs at least £3.50, supermarkets offer loaves labeled “sourdough” at around a third of that price. Small bakeries say they are undermined by what they consider to be not really sourdough.

Charlotte Nemeth, 24, co-owner with her husband, Dan, 40, of award-winning Seasons Bakery, which operates in a former village school in Ingleton in the Yorkshire Dales, said: ‘We want to encourage people to buy sourdough because it’s healthier for them, but they ask about the price and why they can buy it for less than £2 in the supermarket. We need a legal definition that says sourdough bread is just flour, water, and salt.

Dan Nemeth added that their bakery produces around 10,000 sourdough loaves a week, supplying local food distributors, a restaurant and two stores. The loaves sell for £3.85 each.

He said a traditionally baked bread and a factory-made bread were two “totally separate products”, adding: “It can be a cheaper option if you have a product with additives, preservatives and yeast, but it is not true leaven.”

Supermarket shoppers can pick up Sainsbury’s 800g white country loaf ‘with sourdough’ for just £1.30. The bread contains only 3.5% sourdough, as well as rapeseed oil, palm oil, soy flour and a flour treatment agent. An 800g Tesco white bread ‘with sourdough’ costs £1.20 and contains emulsifiers and added yeast.

Campaigners do not believe the term sourdough should be allowed on such products. They support the sale of genuine sourdough breads in supermarkets, but say the products must be properly labelled. A survey by the consumer watchdog Which? in 2018 found that only four out of 19 supermarket sourdough breads tested could be considered authentic. The UK bakery industry came up with a code of practice in 2019 for the labeling of sourdough bread and rolls. He said where “space and skills were lacking” there were a growing number of ingredients that could simplify the process. The proposals were dismissed by the Real Bread Campaign as a “cheater’s charter”.

The Real Bread campaign submission to the government task force says, “When it comes to sourdough, leaving it to the ‘market’ to self-regulate clearly doesn’t work.”

The campaign proposes a new legal definition of bread, a legal definition of sourdough, a requirement to display ingredients for all baked goods, and legal definitions of “fresh”, “freshly baked” and “store baked”.

It says supermarkets and large retailers market freshly baked or in-store baked goods that may have been made, pre-cooked and frozen off-site. The campaign says complaints about the bread’s marketing descriptions to the Advertising Standards Authority and trading standards officials have been dismissed on the grounds that, without legal definitions, they are unable to judge whether the terms are being used in a way misleading. He says the government’s response to date to his proposals suggests he would prefer to see self-regulation and that there is a ‘reluctance to take the necessary action on this issue’.

The government has promised to launch a consultation on potential amendments to the Bread and Flour Regulations 1998 over the summer. A spokesperson for the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs said: “Food information is strictly regulated in the UK and must not mislead consumers. This includes claims such as “fresh” and “store cooked”.

“There are ongoing discussions about the use of ‘sourdough’ – and while regulation is an option, we encourage further work on the draft industry code of practice which could help achieve better understanding.”

Retailers say they comply with all regulations when it comes to selling and marketing sourdough bread. Sainsbury’s said worried customers buying baked goods in bulk should ask a member of staff for ingredient information or check online.

Letter from Chris Mann, Taunton, regarding Conservative leadership

0

Our current two-tier management of municipal services was designed 50 years ago before the commercial advantages of the M5, the Internet, mobile phones and GPS. Adjacent councils have already moved to the less expensive unitary structure with a management team.

The Conservative leadership of Somerset County Council has worked hard over the past four years to bring this normal business reform to the benefit of the citizens of Somerset.

Their One Somerset business plan, saving £18.5million a year, was drawn up by the successful unitary change project manager from neighboring Wiltshire Council. This will end confusion over who does what and eliminate duplication.

The Liberal Democratic Party wanted to replace five existing councils with five new organizations, including a combined authority and a shareholder-owned service delivery organization.

The current management has managed to pay £42,000 a day in interest on the £324m debt left by the latest Somerset LibDem council while improving services, perhaps most visibly the junction that resigns at Paul Street and Rowbarton . These were annoying at the time, but traffic flows have improved. The huge £8.3million upgrades to Creech Castle will soon be complete.

The Somerset Manifesto 2022 lists six plans ranging from managing our money to supporting us and our families.

It also has commitments for each existing district council area, such as a Taunton/Wellington cycleway, two further parks and rides and a new Taunton bus station.

Building the right houses in the right places is also a priority and the new council will ensure developers deliver community infrastructure, as happened 40 years ago with Comeytrowe Centre.

If we want to keep this capacity, this ambition and this low risk, we can elect Conservative councilors on May 5.

Chris Mann, Taunton

A hydrogen ferry service through the Bristol Channel under consideration

0

A proposal for a hydrogen ferry service across the Bristol Channel has been discussed between council leaders. Swansea Council have held preliminary discussions with their counterparts in Devon and Cornwall over the service which will link the Welsh city and the South West of England.

Swansea Council has already said it will help provide a hub and early talks suggest hosting ferries to seaside towns in the South West of England could be key to the proposals. Swansea Council Leader Rob Stewart is determined to revitalize the South Wales city’s proud maritime history.

He said: “It would be a huge boost for tourism and business – to think you could cut your journey time to Devon and Cornwall in half, and of course it would also have environmental benefits: removing the cars off the road and introduce green energy ferries.”

READ MORE: Covid infections fall across UK countries for first time since January

The pleasure steamer Balmoral and the paddle steamer Waverley have offered occasional summer crossings through the Bristol Channel for many years, stopping at Swansea and Ilfracombe in North Devon, among other places. If the link were to be made, the use of hydrogen from renewables could be a major breakthrough for the transport sector, which emits the most greenhouse gases, by sector, in the UK.

This is not the first time a network service has been offered for the Bristol Channel. A year-round service of 50-minute journeys from Swansea and Ilfracombe was hoped to be launched by 2010 by a company called Severn Link.

At the time of the proposal, Severn Link founder Chris Marrow said: “There’s no doubt a lot of people are holidaying in the UK at the moment and in many ways I think that’s the perfect time to start.”

For more stories of where you live, visit InYourArea.

Lancashire v Gloucestershire, Surrey v Somerset: County cricket – live! | sport

0

Even the best racehorses need a little friction. After spending the second half of winter on the sidelines, omitted from England’s West Indies tour, James Anderson flew to Old Trafford to Lancashiresecond game of the season.

He was as nimble as ever, a 39-year-old man with no signs of middle age. But for some reason – the unusual Manchester sun, the brisk breeze rustling the ground, forcing spectators to remove their gloves – it became ticketless. His first seven overs went for 21 runs; its next nine for only nine. Maybe he threw a little short, a little wide at times, maybe the toast just landed butter side down.

Gloucestershire had spent the morning spreading the Lancashire international attack of Anderson, Hasan Ali, Saqib Mahmood and Matt Parkinson onto the pitch, the only batting side in the entire Championship not to lose a wicket in the morning session. They then managed to lose six between lunch and tea as Mahmood was rewarded for his accuracy, and Hasan Ali, whose celebrations deserve to be immortalized on stage, played superbly, finishing the day with six wickets.

Another Pakistani international rushed, this time Shaheen Shah Afridi on his middlesex debut against Glamorgan, a day when 16 wickets fell at Sophia Gardens. He finished with three for 35, bowling a bewildered Marnus Labuschagne with a humdinger. Daniel Bell-Drummond made 149 as Kent gradually towards 300 against HampshireZak Crawley out for seven years after dancing unannounced to Mohammad Abbas.

Essex slumped 98 for two to 168 all on a good batting run in Edgbaston, a day made worse when Dan Lawrence limped near the end clutching his hamstring. Tom Westley had been Essex’s last man at 80. Warwickshire were 76 for two at the end, with Alex Davies for an archetypal bish, bang, swish on his Warwickshire debut; Dom Sibley survived to the stumps.

At the County Ground there were more points for Dawid Malan and Harry Brook, who combined 131, but Sri Lanka Test captain Dimuth Karunaratne was dismissed on the cheap. Gareth Berg proved a tricky prospect, finishing with five for 58. yorkshire‘s Jordan Thompson then took two quick Northamptonshire the wickets before the stumps.

At the Riverside, Liam Patterson-White took five wickets as Durham struggled at 230. Haseeb Hameed was not out on the 23rd for Nottinghamshire at the close. Sam Conners took four wickets for derbyshire in the East Midlands derby against Leicestershire, who were fired for 213.

The golden touch of Brett D’Oliveira since its creation Worcestershire captain continued his second century in two games. Dropped on the 19th, he did sussex pay, flourish as the day progresses. Sussex’s main wicket-taker – whose injured list includes winter signings Steven Finn and Ollie Robinson, who are out with a dental infection – was captain and fly-half Tom Haines.

New York State is suing MoneyGram for multiple consumer violations

0

New York State is suing international money transfer company MoneyGram for multiple consumer rights violations. New York Attorney General Letitia James and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau filed a lawsuit on behalf of residents today, Thursday, April 21, 2022. MoneyGram International, Inc. and MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc. have allegedly repeatedly violated state consumer protection laws.

The Attorney General is Accusing MoneyGram of failing to deliver the money to recipients on time or refunding consumers when their transfers were delayed. These practices unfairly affected the state’s immigrants, who used the company’s services to send money back to family members and loved ones in their home countries. The lawsuit alleges that MoneyGram failed to notify New York consumers exactly when their money transfers would be delivered and left them in the dark when an error occurred.

New York gubernatorial candidate Letitia James attends a campaign rally in Brooklyn a day after announcing her run

Getty Images

Attorney General James said:

Our immigrant communities trusted MoneyGram to send their hard-earned money home to their loved ones, but MoneyGram let them down. Consumers deserve to know where their money has gone. Businesses have a duty to be transparent with consumers, treat them fairly, and obey the law, but MoneyGram has repeatedly failed to do so. Today we are suing MoneyGram to correct their illegal practices and stop them from causing further harm to consumers. New Yorkers can trust that my office will always protect them from unscrupulous corporations.

MoneyGram has 430,000 locations in the US and worldwide. The service is widely used by immigrants in New York State. In 2020, more than 600,000 New Yorkers sent and received money 3.8 million times at MoneyGram locations across the state.

The 10 most common consumer complaints filed in New York State in 2021

If you need to file a consumer complaint, you can do so with the Consumer Frauds and Protection Bureau on-line or by calling (800) 771-7755.

The 8 worst insurance companies in New York based on complaints

Here’s how much more you can expect for groceries in New York

12 Car Makes That May Be Difficult To Insure In New York

Somerset County First Responders – ABC23

0

On Wednesday morning, first responders from the Somerset County Department of Emergency Services practiced what they would do in a real-life emergency weather situation.

“It’s a blue sky day when we can meet and it’s not a real script, so we don’t exchange business cards or names when a real event happens.”

That’s what Somerset County Emergency Services Manager Joel Landis said of the biannual simulation.

He said they hold an “emergency weather simulation” every fall and spring, but it was the first in-person simulation since the pandemic began.

“We want to take those scenarios and exercise all of our abilities, as well as our staff, to make sure they’re able to respond to them properly,” Landis continued.

Wednesday’s exercise: a tornado simulation.

First responders rehearsed how they would alert the public, where shelters could be set up and how schools should respond if this were to happen.

“We have worked with all of the hazard vulnerabilities in our county. Floods, tornadoes and winter storms have all been exercised before,” Landis told 6 News.

The county’s emergency operations center would be open in the event of a train derailment, multi-vehicle accident or other major emergency.

County officials and outside agencies could meet there if needed.

“We do this to be better prepared. We want to make sure that, first, our department is prepared for any scenario that could befall us,” Landis said.

These officials remind residents of Somerset County to register with the CodeRED emergency alert system.

As they practice running to the situations we run from.

“We’re taking a period of time off just to make sure that function is better performed, and we’re better prepared if that day ever comes around,”

Heineken warns of beer price hikes as costs bite

0

Heineken is set to raise prices for its beer even further as it continues to suffer from soaring production costs.

It came as the Dutch brewer, which also makes Birra Moretti and Amstel, said it sold more beer than expected in the past three months as drinkers returned to pubs and bars after pandemic restrictions were lifted.

Earlier this year, Heineken said it saw its costs soar due to raw material inflation and rising supply chain costs.

More recently, the war in Ukraine has added another challenge to brewers as grain costs have risen further.

The company said it would look to raise prices to rein in soaring costs, with more “significant headwinds” expected later this year.

Dolf van den Brink, Chairman of the company, said: “Looking ahead, we see more macro-economic uncertainty and expect further significant inflationary headwinds which will put additional pressure on our cost base. .

“We will take additional actions, including pricing, to manage these challenges while continuing to invest in superior, balanced growth and sustainable value creation.”

The group said net revenue jumped 24.9% to 5.7bn euros (£4.7bn) for the three months to March as it was boosted by higher prices students.

The company said revenue also benefited from a 5.7% increase in volumes.

Beer sales volumes were up 5.2% from the same period last year as the company saw particularly strong growth in Europe due to relaxed pandemic rules.

Mr. Van den Brink added: “We had a good start to the year, in line with our expectations, benefiting in particular from a solid channel mix thanks to the partial recovery of on-trade in Europe and from strong pricing In every region”.

Five types of bacteria linked to aggressive prostate cancer – study

0

Researchers have identified five types of bacteria that are linked to aggressive prostate cancer.

The bacteria was common in urine and tissue samples from men with the disease, according to a new study.

It is hoped that the results could help pave the way for treatments that could target this bacteria and slow or prevent the development of an aggressive disease.

Scientists don’t yet know how people get the bacteria or if they cause the disease.

Professor Colin Cooper, project leader of the project, from Norwich Medical School at the University of East Anglia (UEA), said: “We already know some strong associations between infections and cancer.

“For example, the presence of the bacterium Helicobacter pylori in the digestive tract can lead to stomach ulcers and is associated with stomach cancer, and certain types of HPV viruses can cause cervical cancer.

“We wanted to find out if bacteria could be linked to how prostate cancer grows and spreads.”

Dr Jeremy Clark, also from UEA’s Norwich Medical School, said: “Although prostate cancer is responsible for a large proportion of all cancer deaths in men, it is more often of a disease from which men rather die than of.

“And little is known about the causes of some prostate cancers becoming more aggressive than others.

“We now have evidence that certain bacteria are involved in this and are part of the puzzle.”

The team worked with researchers from Norfolk and Norwich University Hospital, the Quadram Institute and other collaborators to analyze urine or tissue samples from more than 600 patients with and without prostate cancer.

They have developed methods to find the bacteria associated with aggressive prostate cancer.

Dr Rachel Hurst, first author of this work and also from UEA’s Norwich Medical School, said: “We have found several types of bacteria associated with aggressive prostate cancer, some of which are new types of bacteria never before found before.”

Two of the new species of bacteria discovered by the team are named after two of the study’s funders – Porphyromonas bobii, according to The Bob Champion Cancer Trust, and Varibaculum prostatecancerukia, according to Prostate Cancer UK.

The set of bacteria found by the team includes Anaerococcus, Peptoniphilus, Porphyromonas, Fenollaria and Fusobacterium.

All bacteria like to grow without the presence of oxygen.

Dr Hurst said: ‘When any of these specific anaerobic bacteria were detected in patient samples, it was linked to the presence of higher grades of prostate cancer and more rapid progression to aggressive disease.

“We have also identified potential biological mechanisms of how these bacteria may be linked to cancer.

“Among the things we don’t know yet are how people catch these bacteria, whether they cause cancer, or whether a poor immune response allows the bacteria to grow.

“But we hope our findings and future work can lead to new treatment options that could slow or prevent the development of aggressive prostate cancer.

“Our work could also lay the groundwork for new tests using bacteria to predict the most effective treatment for each man’s cancer.”

The researchers also noted that many bacteria are beneficial to human life, and it is not straightforward to eliminate harmful bacteria without removing the protection provided by good bacteria.

The study, published in European Urology Oncology, was funded by The Bob Champion Cancer Trust and Prostate Cancer UK.

UK government threatened with legal action over offshore wind farms

0

Communities in Suffolk are threatening the UK government with legal action after Business Secretary Kwasi Kwarteng last month approved two controversial wind farms off the east coast of England.

Suffolk residents had opposed projects developed by ScottishPower, the UK arm of Spanish utility Iberdrola, because of the design and location of the onshore infrastructure needed to connect them to the UK power grid. This includes a large substation complex in the medieval village of Friston, Suffolk, 22 miles northeast of Ipswich.

Energy leaders and some climate campaigners have warned that if not carefully planned, the amount of onshore infrastructure that will be needed to accelerate the rollout of clean electricity projects in Britain could become a new battlefield with the communities.

Earlier this month, the Prime Minister set a target to increase the UK‘s offshore wind power capacity fivefold to 50 gigawatts by the end of the decade, up from a previous target of 40 GW, as part of its new “energy security strategy”, designed to reduce the country’s exposure to volatile fossil fuel markets, including Russian oil and gas supplies.

But campaigners in Suffolk argue the UK government needs to take a more strategic approach to how all expected new projects will connect to the power grid – and where.

Suffolk Energy Action Solutions (SEAS), a group organized by county residents, sent a ‘pre-action protocol’ letter to Kwarteng asking to reconsider before seeking permission to seek judicial review of its decision to approve the two ScottishPower projects.

Fiona Gilmore, who runs SEAS, said the approach to planning terrestrial infrastructure such as substations and large cables is currently “very old-fashioned” as each project is treated individually, with no thought given to how the infrastructure could be integrated and reduced.

SEAS would like “hubs” located on brownfield sites, where substations and interconnectors – the cables through which electricity is exchanged with continental Europe – could be grouped together in order to avoid too many buildings and “concrete, monolithic” cables don’t mark the county.

He had proposed that the Business Secretary make a ‘split decision’ on the ScottishPower schemes, known as East Anglia One North and East Anglia Two. Gilmore said this would have allowed construction of the offshore turbines to begin, but would have allowed more time to rethink the placement of cables and substations inland.

“If your strategy [for onshore infrastructure] makes sense, then you’re going to get the communities to support you and approve of you and then you’re not going to be held up by these court reviews,” Gilmore said.

The east of England looks set to become a test bed for determining how much disruption to local landscapes and industries communities will tolerate unsightly inland infrastructure, given the large number of new energy projects, including interconnections, which are planned for the coast.

In 2021, villagers in Norfolk successfully rescinded approval for a large offshore wind farm being developed by Swedish energy group Vattenfall after opposing a new substation needed to connect the project to the network. The same project was approved by the government for the second time earlier this year.

The Department of Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy declined to comment.

Nicola Sturgeon reported to police for apparent violation of face mask law

0

Nicola Sturgeon has been reported to police after footage showed her apparently breaking Scotland’s Covid face mask law during the council election campaign.

Video posted on social media appears to show the Scottish Prime Minister not wearing a mask while visiting a barber in East Kilbride, south Lanarkshire, on Saturday.

There is currently a legal requirement to wear a face covering in most indoor public places in Scotland, including shops, public transport and hairdressers.

In the video, Ms Sturgeon appears to be seen without a face covering as she mingles with customers and pats a man’s head in a barber’s chair while mimicking the sound of an electric razor.

The Prime Minister wears a tartan face mask in the video of her visit to Iconic Gents Hair posted on her official Twitter account, in which she can be seen shaving off a man’s beard.

A Police Scotland spokesperson said: ‘We can confirm that we have received a complaint which is currently being assessed.

The legal requirement to wear face masks in indoor settings in Scotland becomes directive on Monday, but the Scottish Government has strongly recommended that people continue to wear them where appropriate.

An SNP spokesperson said: ‘The Prime Minister was invited to the barber during an outdoor visit to the street.

“Within seconds she realized she hadn’t put her mask back on and immediately put it on.”

Scottish Conservative health spokesperson Dr Sandesh Gulhane MSP said: “The video clearly shows that Nicola Sturgeon is not practicing what she preaches about face masks.

“She is happy to point out Virtue for official photos, but behind closed doors it’s clear she doesn’t believe in her own rules so why should anyone else.

“This is blatant hypocrisy on the part of the Prime Minister who has now shown his true colors.

“The public, who have been under these legal Covid restrictions for over two years, deserve an apology for this breach of the rules. »

A spokesperson for the Scottish Liberal Democrats said: “It is incumbent on all politicians to set a good example. It seems that Nicola Sturgeon has lost track of her own rules.

In December 2020, Ms Sturgeon apologized after breaking Covid rules by removing her face mask at a funeral wake.

She described it as “a stupid mistake” and said, “I’m so sorry.”

The Scottish government said Saturday’s incident was a problem for the party.

Foot Anstey has announced five new partners

0

FOOT Anstey has announced five new partners from May.

John Catchpole, Rebecca Kibby, Mark Li, Adam McKenna and Christian Silk will be promoted next month, bringing the firm’s total number of partners to 54.

Martin Hirst, who will become the firm’s managing partner on May 1, said: “The number of promotions we are making underscores the firm’s continued strength and the scale of our ambitions for future growth.

“All of these promotions are the result of their track record of providing high quality advice and service to our clients, their reputation and knowledge of their industries, and their outstanding contributions to our firm and our communities. .”

John Catchpole specializes in delivering complex real estate projects for clients, particularly in the energy, infrastructure and developer sectors.

His work as head of the space and satellite team at Foot Anstey helped build a solid reputation for the company in this innovative and highly specialized market.

As Managing Director and Head of Property Transfer Services, Rebecca Kibby oversees a team of 70 people within the firm’s Real Estate Group which provides services to developers, Islamic finance and private wealth clients. .

Mark Li specializes in complex, high-value commercial real estate transactions and the management of operational real estate portfolios. Acting for public and private sector developers and infrastructure owners in the fields of transport and energy, he has played a leading role in Foot Anstey’s work in the energy and infrastructure sector. related to electric vehicles and mobility services.

Adam McKenna was trained and qualified at Foot Anstey and is a founding member of its private equity industry team, which he leads through his experience advising portfolio companies on targeted acquisitions and the implementation of buying and building strategies.

As Head of Strategic Infrastructure Planning at Foot Anstey, Christian Silk specializes in all aspects of environmental planning and law and has expertise in its developer, energy and infrastructure sectors and in its space, satellite and port areas of intervention. He has built a solid reputation as an expert on the issue of nitrates and phosphates impacting developers in many parts of the UK, as well as other key environmental issues including natural capital, net zero and the energy transition.

Why Tax Refund Loans Are Bad: Fees, Interest & Risk

0

Last minute applicants are working to ship their returns to the Tax office by the 2021 tax year deadline of Monday 18 April – and are likely looking forward to a hefty check on their tax refund.

Some tax firms or other lenders may offer an opportunity to access these funds earlier, in the form of a tax refund loanalso known as a payback loan.

supervisory authorities etc Interest Groups have warned of the possible downsides of the loans, especially those that come with hefty fees or high interest rates. Personal finance experts generally do not recommend them.

Here’s what you need to know about the loans this tax season.

What is a tax refund loan?

Put simply, a tax refund loan is an advance on your tax refund, said Matt Schulz, chief credit analyst at LendingTree.

One way to borrow against your tax refund to get instant access to the funds is to borrow the amount from a lender and give them the refund when you get it from the IRS.

“Unlike many loans, it’s not necessarily something to look around for,” Schulz said.

Tax refund loans are typically offered by a tax consulting firm, Schulz said. You won’t find them at your bank.

What are the pros and cons?

The advantage of an upfront loan is pretty simple: you get instant access to the amount of your refund instead of waiting the days or weeks it could take to get the money from the IRS.

The disadvantage? “It can end up costing you,” Schulz said, in the form of interest or fees.

Some tax firms will offer you a no-fee tax refund loan, Schulz said. But you have to pay the company to do your taxes for you.

“Even with a 0% loan, there’s probably still going to be a minimum amount you have to pay to prepare your taxes,” he said. “So if you’re already planning on getting your taxes done, it might not be that big of a deal.”

Teresa Murray, director of the Consumer Watchdog Office at the US Public Interest Research Group, says the costs can outweigh the benefits.

“We really urge people to avoid any type of prepayment loan,” she said. “Anything you rent out for a refund that you haven’t received yet…it’s got bad news on it.”

That North Carolina Consumer Council warns anyone considering a loan against their tax refund to ‘reconsider’

“While it may sound tempting to get a tax advance, these loans are actually tax return payday loans and you should avoid them if possible,” the Council’s Council said on its website. “The full amount must be repaid like any other loan, even if your repayment is less than expected or you end up with no repayment at all.”

When can I expect my refund?

According to the IRS, more than nine out of ten refunds are processed in less than three weeks Website. Taxpayers who filed electronically will receive their refunds faster than those who submitted their tax forms by mail.

And the department is getting faster at issuing refunds, Murray said. Now some electronic filers can expect to see the money in their bank account in just a few days.

“If you’re filing a tax return electronically, you can usually get your money in four to six days,” she said.

North Carolina taxpayers may be slower in receiving their state tax refunds, but the upside is that a delay in accepting tax returns this year was due to a statutory tax cut individual tax rate.

Should I Consider a Tax Refund Loan?

Schulz said if you really need the money — and read the terms carefully — a tax-refund loan can be an alternative to riskier ways to fund your bank account.

“Emergencies happen: job loss, medical emergencies, whatever the case,” he said. “(In this case) there are worse things you could do than a tax refund.”

And assuming you got your taxes right, he said, a tax refund loan is a secured loan with your actual refund serving as collateral. That makes it significantly less risky than, say, an unsecured payday loan with a sky-high interest rate.

Murray, on the other hand, is by no means warning about the loans. She suggests holding out until you get your rebate, especially since it might not take very long if you’ve submitted an e-registration and set up direct deposit.

“If you’re that short on cash… find a friend or relative you can borrow money from for a few days,” she said. “Don’t go down the path of anticipatory refund loans because they’re just ridiculously expensive … You’re paying for your own money.”

While this year’s tax filing season ends without the threat of a government shutdown, it could make those loans even riskier going forward, according to the North Carolina Consumer Council.

“The frequent federal government shutdowns could make this type of loan more attractive if you want your refund quickly, which can complicate matters. Remember that a delay in paying out your refund is not taken into account by the lender and does not relieve you of the obligation to repay the loan on time,” the lender’s website reads.

Schulz added that large tax firms — like H&R Block or Jackson Hewitt — only accept tax refund loan applications for a set period of time, often between December and February. For these applicants, the loan application window may already be closed.

And Murray had one piece of advice for those who want to become one: start earlier next year.

“If you’re in a hurry, don’t pay attention,” she said. “Any time you have the words ‘not careful’ and ‘IRS’ in the same sentence, that’s not good.”

This story was originally published Apr 15, 2022 8:36 am.

Related stories by Charlotte Observer

Hannah Lang covers banking and corporate equity for The Charlotte Observer. She studied business journalism at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and grew up in the same city as her alma mater.

Community of Bristol Secures Funding to Build England’s Tallest Wind Turbine | Energy

0

A community group in one of Bristol’s poorest neighborhoods has achieved its funding goal to build England’s tallest wind turbine, despite no central government funding for local wind power generation.

The group of residents of Lawrence Weston, a deprived housing estate on the outskirts of the West Country town, have been awarded £4million and expect to start earthworks for the turbine, which measures 150m from its base at its peak, in June. The wind turbine, with a maximum capacity of 4.2 MW, will sell energy to the grid. The band believe it will bring in at least £100,000 a year.

Mark Pepper, who grew up on the estate and helped found the Ambition Lawrence Weston charity to regenerate the area, said the turbine would bring in hundreds of thousands of pounds for community projects including a new skills training centre. renewable energies and a crisis fund to help local families trapped in fuel poverty.

“The fantastically exciting work begins soon. I am proud of the residents because there have been many challenges along the way and many obstacles have been put in our way,” he said. “Yet the locals remained resolute because they know this could be a game-changer for Lawrence Weston.”

However, he added that the turbine, which will produce enough electricity for 3,000 homes, took eight years to build because the government had made it so difficult to obtain planning permission and had not provided any financial support for communities to produce their own electricity. “Government resistance to more onshore wind has been a problem,” he said. “It’s been a long slog, but hopefully soon the residents will be able to reap the rewards of all their hard work.”

Government research shows that community-owned energy provides 12 to 13 times more social and community benefits than equivalent commercial installations. Proceeds from the Lawrence Weston program will be used in part to help estate families unable to heat their homes and keep lights on as energy prices rise. “A lot of residents here have prepaid meters – if they can’t afford to put in the money, they’re effectively cut off,” Pepper said. “We see a lot of people running out of gas and electricity.”

Other regions are keen to follow Bristol’s lead, with around a third of the 220 local groups linked to Community Energy England interested in developing similar onshore wind projects. But the organization is only aware of a handful of small-scale community turbines that have been erected in England since the Conservative government of David Cameron tightened planning laws, requiring, unlike other projects to infrastructure, proof of local support, as well as the end of financial support. . Although wind projects were allowed to apply for grants again in 2020, only commercial-scale wind farm developers were able to meet the minimum energy threshold.

The government’s new energy strategy, which was released last week, has disappointed many community energy campaigners. There is no earmarked funding for community projects and no targets for increasing onshore wind power generation, even though it is considered the cheapest and fastest way to generate electricity. The strategy only promises to consult “a limited number of communities” to develop turbine projects in exchange for lower energy bills.

The Lawrence Weston turbine, which will be erected on scrubland owned by Bristol City Council in the nearby industrial town of Avonmouth, is due for completion next spring. The electricity it produces will be sold to the national grid. The vast majority of funding comes from Thrive Energy, a renewable energy investment company, which provided £4m for the project. Other funders included Bristol City Council and the West of England Combined Authority.

Andrew Garrad, visiting professor of renewable energy at the University of Bristol, said the turbine would be the “largest in England”. Garrad, who sits on the board of the energy company created by Ambition Lawrence Weston, added that the height and size of the turbine allow it to capture the maximum amount of wind. “The energy collected by a wind turbine increases with the square of the diameter – so if you double the diameter, you get four times the energy,” he said. “And the higher you go, the more energy you get because the wind is blowing harder.”

A shorter turbine would not have been economical. Project Development Manager David Tudgey, who took the turbine through the planning and financing cycles, said: “We had to go for the highest possible turbine for the site as there is no grants available – something smaller wouldn’t have made enough money to benefit the local community.

Tudgey added that ministers should create a national community energy fund to allow others to copy Lawrence Weston: “Communities across the country need help setting up similar programs that tackle energy poverty and climate change”.

Matthew Clayton, managing director of Thrive Renewables, said the funding would allow them to build and commission the turbine. “Local projects like these will play a fundamental role in the future energy system, providing clean electricity that will help lower bills and generate income that can be reconnected to the community,” he said.

Keller Williams Premier Realty ready to help home buyers | Business

0

CUMBERLAND — Keller Williams is nationally known for its leading technology in home marketing, recognizing that a person’s home is usually their greatest asset and that marketing requires innovation, integrity and commitment. Imes & Crossland bring Keller Williams to the Tri-State area and believe their core values ​​will serve the community with unparalleled service and a commitment to achieving desirable results when selling or buying a home or property. property.

Because Keller Williams provides ongoing and extensive training to its staff, its agents have access to innovative technologies to maximize exposure when marketing a home. Using these same technologies, agents can help buyers quickly find, locate and secure access to potential properties, which is essential in today’s fast-paced marketplace. As challenges arise and market conditions change, Keller Williams Premier Realty’s Imes & Crossland will have critical information readily available to enable its clients to make an informed decision.

The office is managed by Heather Imes, a local native, an award-winning licensed real estate agent in Maryland and West Virginia, with extensive experience working with homeowners and buyers in the tri-state area.

Imes will lead a team responsible for delivering effective, professional and efficient real estate marketing in Allegany, Garrett, Mineral, Hampshire, Bedford and Somerset counties who can offer a bespoke marketing plan for each property and provide advice honest and skilled in negotiating the best possible outcome.

“With over two decades of experience marketing and selling properties in the Tri-State area, partnering and leading an exceptional group of real estate agents with Keller Williams will absolutely change real estate marketing in our area. “Imes said. . “We are committed to achieving the highest level of professionalism, integrity and positive results. As we rapidly onboard known and proven agents in the coming weeks, I am confident that we will exceed our clients’ expectations.

Imes & Crossland Tri-State Properties of Keller Williams Premier Realty is located at 924 Seton Drive, Suite 1, and can be contacted at 301-722-2020. A grand opening of the office will be planned in the near future.

Closures spread in China as coronavirus infections rise

0

Anti-coronavirus controls that have shuttered some of China’s biggest cities and fueled public frustration are spreading as infections rise, hurting a weak economy and sparking warnings of possible global shockwaves.

Shanghai is easing rules that confined most of its 25 million people to their homes after complaints they were struggling to eat. But most of his businesses are still closed.

Access to Guangzhou, an industrial hub of 19 million people near Hong Kong, was suspended this week. Other cities are cutting off access or closing factories and schools.

Meanwhile, spring planting by Chinese farmers who feed 1.4 billion people could be disrupted, economists at Nomura have warned. This could boost demand for imported wheat and other foodstuffs, pushing up already high world prices.

People wearing face masks walk near flowering trees in a Beijing park (Mark Schiefelbein/AP)

The closures are an embarrassment to the ruling Communist Party and a setback to official efforts to support sluggish growth in the world’s second-largest economy. They come during a sensitive year when President Xi Jinping is expected to try to break with tradition and grant himself a third five-year term as head.

Beijing has vowed to reduce the human and economic cost of its “zero-Covid” strategy, but on Wednesday Xi ruled out joining the United States and other governments in dropping restrictions and trying to live with the virus.

“The work of prevention and control cannot be relaxed,” he said, according to the official Xinhua news agency. “Perseverance is victory.”

The risk of China falling into recession is increasing, Nomura’s Ting Lu, Jing Wang and Harrison Zhang warned in a report.

“The logistics crisis is getting worse,” they said. “Markets should also worry about the delay in spring planting of cereals in China.”

The government reported 29,411 new cases on Thursday, all but 3,020 without symptoms. Shanghai accounted for 95% of that total, or 27,719 cases. All but 2,573 had no symptoms.

Medical worker conducts Covid tests for Shanghai residents
A medical worker conducts Covid tests for Shanghai residents (Chen Si/AP)

A health official warned on Wednesday that Shanghai does not have the virus under control despite easing restrictions.

Some 6.6 million people have been allowed to leave their homes in areas that have seen no new cases for at least a week. But at least 15 million others still do not have the right to go out.

Most people obeyed despite grumblings about shortages of food, medicine and access to elderly relatives in need of help. But videos on the popular social media service Sina Weibo show the exchange of blows with the police.

Grape Chen, a data analyst in Shanghai, said she was worried about getting medicine for her father, who is recovering from a stroke. She called the police after receiving no response from an official hotline, but was told quarantine rules prohibited officers from helping.

“We are willing to cooperate with the country,” Ms. Chen said. “But we also hope that our lives can be respected.”

The city government of Suzhou, a hub of smartphone manufacturing and other high-tech industries west of Shanghai, has told its 18 million residents to stay at home as much as possible.

Taiyuan, a working-class city of four million in central China, has suspended intercity bus services, according to the official China News Service. Ningde in the southeast banned residents from leaving.

According to Gavekal Dragonomics, a research firm, all but 13 of China’s 100 largest cities by economic output are under some form of restrictions.

“The intensity is increasing,” he said in a report this week.

The volume of cargo handled by the port of Shanghai, the busiest in the world, fell by 40%, according to an estimate by the European Union Chamber of Commerce in China. Automakers have suspended production due to disruption in supply deliveries.

Restrictions on regions that produce smartphones, consumer electronics and other goods globally prompt forecasters to cut expectations for this year’s economic growth to just 5%, down sharply from the expansion from 8.1% last year.

Bound Brook resident charged with explicit contact with teenage girl

0

bound stream

Somerset County authorities report the arrest of Mr Carlos B. Deleon-Sis, 42, of Bound Brook, in connection with a sexual assault of a minor that occurred in Bound Brook.

Acting District Attorney Taggart said on March 17, 2022, the Somerset County District Attorney’s Office received information that a 14-year-old victim alleged she was sexually assaulted in the borough of Bound Brook.

The 14-year-old was questioned by a detective from the Somerset County Prosecutor‘s Office, Sex Crimes and Child Abuse Unit, and the Bound Brook Police Department.

A Somerset County official said the 14-year-old victim said she was sexually assaulted by Carlos B. Deleon-Sis on multiple occasions between June 2021 and February 2022 in Bound Brook.

Detectives investigated the Sex Crimes and Child Abuse Unit of the Somerset County Prosecutor’s Office and detectives from the Bound Brook Police Department.

On April 6, 2022, as a result of this investigation, Defendant Deleon-Sis was arrested without incident and charged with 2nd Degree, Sexual Assault, 3rd Degree, Endangering the Welfare of a Minor, 4th Degree, criminal sexual contact. Defendant Deleon-Sis has been remanded to Somerset County Jail pending a detention hearing.

Job #1786: Senior Director, Finance

0

Position summary: The Senior Director, Finance is responsible for ensuring the consistency and accuracy of corporate financial reporting and leads the corporate ICFR attestation function in collaboration with the internal audit department by providing guidance , developing and completing internal control models and reviewing IT controls and documentation.

This role serves as an escalation point for ICFR risk and provides guidance to business leaders and executives. The Senior Director, Finance will also support the integration of ICFR and corporate reporting activities for acquired companies. This role guides and works with a combined team of high performing onshore and offshore finance professionals.

Responsibilities

· Serve as the ICFR manager for the company, including serving as an escalation point for issues and overseeing the preparation of company documents and participation in the end-to-end ICFR process and results.

· Participate in quarterly reviews and year-end audits of the company and ensure the interface with external auditors.

· Ensure processes are in place and functioning to produce consistent corporate financial reporting, including timely and accurate review of monthly, quarterly and annual financial statements.

· Lead and conduct research on GAAP/issues. Fully document accounting and financial reporting concerns, including timely follow-up on identified risks and resolution of issues.

· Present the ICFR management process and audit findings or issues to management and the audit committee, as appropriate.

· Serve as the company’s point of contact for various sets of auditors.

· Drive positive results for the department and reinforce the complexion of corporate accounting and financial standards by implementing best practice auditing/reporting processes and troubleshooting tactics; foster a discipline and culture of process improvement; and apply innovative thinking to problem solving

· Participate in M&A activities as required, including due diligence and integration, ensuring scalability for area of ​​responsibility.

· Lead, develop and mentor a team of finance professionals by defining strategy and prioritizing objectives, recruiting, training and developing a high performing global finance team.

Professional experience:

● Minimum of seven (7) years of experience in an accounting firm with progressively increasing responsibilities.

● Demonstrated experience with SEC filings including 10-Q, 10-K and S-1.

● Prepared and reviewed ICFR documentation for a public company, including documentation and review of computer systems.

● Engage and work with external auditors throughout the audit process, including external auditor certifications.

● Experience in the health sector is a plus.

● Mentor and direct junior finance and accounting staff and offshore resources.

Education and Certifications:

● Bachelor’s degree in accounting or finance from an accredited college or university

● Current CPA certification essential.

Knowledge, skills and abilities:

● Thorough understanding of US GAAP.

● Analytical and process-oriented mind essential.

● Solid understanding of purchase accounting, software capitalization, foreign currency translation and equity compensation.

● Must be able to quickly research and document accounting and financial reporting issues and increase risk.

● Excellent communication and presentation skills to effectively convey complex information and meaningful ideas.

● In-depth knowledge and skills in the use of Microsoft software programs.

● Ability to work independently and demonstrate a high level of initiative and self-motivation.

● Ability to work in a dynamic and fast-paced work environment and demonstrate a roll-up attitude towards all work assignments. Must be able to work and coordinate multiple projects simultaneously and monitor progress.

● Excellent administrative and accounting skills to ensure follow-up engagements are delivered on time and deadlines are met with quality work.

● High level of integrity and ethical decision-making to convey credibility and build trust in work product and actions.

About CareCloud: MTBC (Nasdaq: MTBC), CareCloud, Inc. is a healthcare information technology company that provides a full suite of proprietary cloud-based solutions, along with related business services, to healthcare providers. healthcare and hospitals across the United States. Our Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) platform includes revenue cycle management, practice management, electronic health record, business intelligence, telehealth, patient management solutions patient experience and complementary software tools and business services for successful medical and healthcare groups. systems. Our headquarters are located in Somerset, New Jersey, and we have branches nationwide.

Supervisory responsibility: Team of onshore and offshore finance professionals.

Position classification: Full-time exemption

Travel: minimal

Bonus Eligibility: Yes, up to 20% of the base opportunity.

Workplace: The incumbent may initially work remotely due to the company’s Covid-19 workplace safety practices, then will be based at CareCloud, Inc. headquarters in Somerset, New Jersey or at its Rutherford location, New Jersey.

EEO Statement: CareCloud, Inc. is an Equal Employment Opportunity Employer.

Physical Demands: The physical demands described here are representative of those that must be met by an employee to successfully perform the essential functions of this job. In the performance of the duties of this job, the employee is regularly required to speak or hear. The employee is frequently required to stand; to walk; using the hands to finger, manipulate or smell; and reach with hands and arms. Specific vision abilities required by this job include near vision, distance vision, color vision, peripheral vision, depth perception and the ability to adjust focus. This position requires the ability to occasionally lift office products, equipment and supplies up to 20 pounds.

ADA Statement: Reasonable accommodations may be made to enable people with disabilities to perform essential job functions.

Other tasks: Please note that this job description is not designed to cover or contain a complete list of activities, duties or responsibilities that are required of the employee for this position. Duties, responsibilities and activities may change at any time with or without notice.

Interested members should email their CV to nroth@carecloud.com. Please mention that you are a member of EisnerAmper’s Friends of the Firm program. Be sure to include Job #1786 in the subject line and copy friendsoffirm@eisneramper.com to your email.

Radstock Town looks back on its history

0

“I can refer to an old program I have in front of me, which was actually published on November 19, 1937, where the notes say ‘we believe it is a fact that Radstock Football Club was established in 1835”, which is before Sheffield FC and before several others around the world. We have no concrete evidence of this; the first real evidence of games being played dates back to 1880 and something. But it is a program with notes and people who were still alive when they were written from 1835.

So it would be nice to find evidence of playing this early, but our records show the club was actually playing under the name Radstock Sports Association in the early 1880s.

“We have match reports against Shepton Mallet in a match in 1883, which Shepton won from a hotly contested number of corners. The match actually ended with two goals apiece and then it was a four-two corners count in favor of Shepton Mallet, which was apparently part of Football Association rules at the time. Of course at that time we didn’t have one set of rules, I mean there was one set of rules for the north and one set for the south, and the Football Association in London was desperately trying to put it all together. But those were the first games and we certainly played a fairly regular list of matches back then.

The fitting secretaries were very important because although there were no league teams, match fixing and financial commitments were made.

“There is a very good piece of information in one of the press articles from Radstock Town visiting Bradford-on-Avon that they had agreed to compensate Radstock if the crowd did not reach a certain level.

“In 1889 the club changed their name to Radstock Wanderers and began playing Somerset League football in 1890/91. Then in 1895 they became Radstock Town and affiliated with Somerset FA. At the At the time the vice-chairman of the club was Charles Lewin, who of course became the first chairman of Somerset FA, and I think the youth team is still playing for the Lewin Cup So the story is a long one and fascinating in many ways.

As far as the club went through its ups and downs, it went bankrupt for a while in the early 1900s due to a lack of revenue indeed, and of course the mining industry was not as dynamic, shall we say, as it later became. Admittedly, the effects of Lord Carlingford and the Earl of Waldegrave, their demands on miners in terms of hours worked and remuneration granted meant that sport often took a back seat.

“So Radstock Town football club as such, and the football played at Radstock, was probably among the first played in the North Somerset area.”

Next week, Dave will talk about Radstock’s move to the current home, Southfields Recreation Ground.

If anyone has any information, photographs, old programmes, newspaper articles or medals relating to the history of Radstock Town Football Club then Dave would love to hear from you as he continues to compile the history of the club. Dave can be contacted at: [email protected]

Badger cull enforcement costs taxpayers over £540,000

0

IT costs police more than half a million pounds each year to enforce the culling of badgers in Somerset, writes local democracy journalist Daniel Mumby.

Avon and Somerset Constabulary is responsible for enforcing the annual cull of badgers, as mandated by the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra) to slow the spread of Bovine Tuberculosis (TB ).

Figures released by police show it cost taxpayers more than £540,000 to enforce the cull in 2021 – and more than £5.6million has been spent in total since the introduction of the culled in 2013.

Activists have called for an end to culling, describing it as poor value for money and ineffective in controlling the spread of the disease.

In 2021, £543,987 was spent monitoring the culling of badgers in the Avon and Somerset region.

Since culling began in 2013, the total amount spent in the force zone on badger culling is £5,611,780.27, an average of over £600,000 per year (from 2013 to 2021 included).

All policing costs associated with enforcing the cull are claimed from Defra – meaning none of the culling costs come from the policing of the local council tax precept.

Campaign group Somerset Against the Badger Cull had called for culling to be dropped, arguing there are better uses of police resources and better ways to reduce the spread of disease among livestock.

A spokesperson said: ‘The badger cull is widely opposed as it is ineffective in reducing bovine tuberculosis in cattle and it is cruel.

“Badgers are a legally protected native species. Many people are very fond of badgers.

“We would like the government to focus on effective ways to tackle bovine tuberculosis, such as stricter and improved testing for cattle and higher standards of on-farm biosecurity. The production of a vaccine for livestock is also essential.

“The disease is most commonly transmitted by cattle-to-cattle transmission. As expert scientists have already said, the incidence of bovine tuberculosis can be reduced by focusing only on livestock measures.

Avon and Somerset Constabulary declined to comment on the figures, stating only that “the badger cull is a DEFRA initiative” and confirming that all costs associated with its enforcement are “fully reimbursed”.

In its most recent analysis of the effectiveness of badger culling, published in September 2021, Defra officially concluded that it remains the most cost-effective option.

A spokesperson said: “Currently, no alternative option offers better value for money in the short to medium term, in a situation where the incidence of tuberculosis in cattle continues to increase, as well as the costs for the government and the farmers to deal with it.”

Covid-19: the NHS feels “abandoned” by ministers

0
M

Inisters have been accused of abandoning the NHS as it faces mounting pressure from Covid-19.

Here your questions are answered about the current state of affairs in the NHS.

– What was said?

The NHS Confederation has said very high rates of Covid-19 infections are having a ‘major impact’ on the health service, which faces pressures it would see in a ‘bad winter’ until spring .

The member body, which represents health organisations, called on the government to reconsider its Living with Covid plan, as it said ministers risked ‘dropping out’ of the NHS if they did not intervene.

– So how many Covid-19 patients are being treated?

The number of people in hospital in the UK with Covid-19 appears to have stabilized just above the peak reached at the start of the year.

A total of 20,331 patients were registered on April 7, according to the latest government figures.

This figure is broadly unchanged from previous days and is slightly above the January 2022 peak of 20,050.

But that is well below the record of 39,256 reached during the second wave of the virus in January 2021.

There is a similar trend in England, where the number of patients stood at 16,366 on April 8 – again, largely unchanged in recent days and just below the January 2022 peak of 17,120.

Different patterns are evident across regions, with patient levels rising in the Midlands, falling in the South West of England and plateauing elsewhere.

– But are all these people being treated for Covid-19?

Almost three in five hospital patients in England (58%) who have tested positive for Covid-19 are mainly being treated for something else – the highest level yet.

The proportion of patients hospitalized “with” Covid-19 rather than “for” it has steadily increased since the end of last year, when the figure was around 25%.

But any patients who test positive for coronavirus must be treated separately from other people in hospital, adding to the pressures facing NHS staff trying to clear a record backlog of routine treatments.

– What about the situation elsewhere in the hospitals?

Many parts of the NHS are feeling the strain of current pressures.

In addition to treating large volumes of Covid-19 patients, there are high rates of staff absences due to the virus, full hospitals and high demands for emergency care.

Too many ambulances are waiting longer than they should to “hand over” patients to the hospital, leading to ambulance queues outside hospitals and longer wait times for people in the community who called 999 for emergency medical help.

In the week starting March 28, 21,432 delays of half an hour or more were recorded across all hospital trusts in England.

There are also problems inside hospitals, as many A&E departments struggle to see, treat, and admit or discharge patients within the allotted time.

The NHS Confederation said that in the past week alone 20 emergency departments in England have been forced to turn away patients as they issued ‘diversions’ due to being overfull.

Meanwhile, the NHS is set to deal with the backlog of care, with more than six million people awaiting hospital treatment in England alone.

The NHS Confederation questioned whether targets for tackling the record backlog were realistic in the current environment.

– What about NHS workers?

Data released on April 7 showed that staff absences at NHS hospitals in England due to Covid-19 are at their highest level since late January, with numbers continuing to climb in most areas.

Absences averaged 28,560 per day the previous week – the equivalent of 3% of the workforce – compared to 27,571 the previous week, but still below the 45,736 (5% of the workforce) reached at the beginning of January .

– What does the NHS Confederation want the government to do?

He called for stronger messages to the public on how to reduce transmission, including wearing the best face masks possible and urging people to get vaccinated.

Medium-term plans must also be put in place, including better ventilation of public spaces, he added.

The NHS Confederation has also urged ministers to reconsider asking the NHS to foot the bill for Covid-19 testing for staff – which would cost the NHS “several hundred million pounds” that are taken out of patient care.

“Buy now, pay later” outperforms “traditional” debt like a mortgage or car loan

0

More Britons have borrowed through Buy Now, Pay Later services than traditional debt such as bank loans or mortgages since the start of 2021, new research shows.

According to a study by lender Creditspring, 10 percent of adults had used BNPL, while 6 percent had taken out a mortgage, 3 percent had taken out a bank loan, and 2 percent had taken out an approved, interest-bearing overdraft.

Despite their rising popularity, around a third of adults were unaware that BNPL programs are a form of borrowing.

BNPL programs are third-party services such as Klarna, Afterpay and ClearPay that appear at online checkouts and give the buyer the option to split their payment into installments.

One in four young adults has used a BNPL scheme in the past 15 months, with credit organizations warning consumers of the dangers of borrowing more than you can afford to pay back

While many offer interest-free options, higher value items or longer loan periods may charge interest.

Fees are usually levied if the borrower is late in repaying, and their details may eventually be shared with collection agencies.

Even so, Creditspring’s poll found that one in seven adults thought it was “impossible” to get into debt with BNPL, rising to one in four for those under 35.

Younger adults are among the most common users, with one in five having used deferred payment schemes in the past 15 months.

These misunderstandings could mean millions of UK borrowers risk corrupting their credit reports or unknowingly getting into debt.

Debt relief agency Stepchange and Citizens Advice have warned that the cost of living crisis could increase BNPL dependency in 2022.

Richard Lane, director of external affairs at StepChange, said: “Because of the way BNPL services are marketed at the checkout, younger consumers – who tend to be less financially savvy – often don’t realize they are taking out a loan in the first place.

“These services are presented as a convenient way to shop and do not allow individuals to stop and think about the implications of borrowing and the financial difficulties that may arise later.

“For someone considering using BNPL, remember that although it is interest-free, it is still a loan and must be repaid.

“It’s important to realize that BNPL is like any other debt and you should never borrow more than you can afford.”

According to Creditspring, four in five adults are said to be unaware that BNPL schemes are unregulated in the UK, while half were unaware that a person can be referred to a debt collector if they miss a BNPL payment.

Another 43 percent said they were unaware that BNPL providers could charge a fee for late payments.

About one in four adults under the age of 35 believed they couldn’t incur “serious” debt using the services, which Citizens Advice said was a worrying mindset.

Matthew Upton, director of policy at Citizens Advice, said: “Buy Now Pay Later loans can be like quicksand – easy to get in and very hard to get out.

“Our real fear is that people won’t understand what they’re signing up for or the consequences if something goes wrong. The government urgently needs to step up regulation of the BNPL sector.’

Debtor organizations urge customers using BNPL to understand the risks of borrowing

Debtor organizations urge customers using BNPL to understand the risks of borrowing

According to the FCA, there were £2.7 billion worth of BNPL transactions in 2020, with research suggesting the market has more than doubled to £5.7 billion in the past year.

Last year, the government announced a consultation to regulate the BNPL industry, but it has yet to be implemented.

Neil Kadagathur, Co-Founder and CEO of Creditspring, said: “Since payday loans were pushed out of the mainstream, BNPL has been seen as the new wild west of the lending industry.

“Regulation is welcome, but the misconceptions among borrowers that BNPL is risk-free or not a form of borrowing that can lead to debt is a much bigger problem.

“Borrowers need to be protected – they are at real risk of falling into yet another credit trap as they continue to rely on BNPL as a crutch to get them through to payday.

BNPL's services have been used more than regular lenders since January 2021, including loans, mortgages and auto financing

BNPL’s services have been used more than regular lenders since January 2021, including loans, mortgages and auto financing

“The worst-case scenario is that borrowers end up having a knock on their door by a collection agency, but currently the vast majority are completely unaware that this is even possible.”

He also said that since it is currently easier to access BNPL than to qualify for a credit card, those in vulnerable financial situations may be most at risk.

Kadagathur added: “Financial literacy is vital and more support is needed to reach those who need affordable credit.

“Currently, up to 15 million people in the UK are struggling to access popular credit options – these are the people most at risk from predatory, high-priced lenders, particularly in the current climate.”

Some links in this article may be affiliate links. If you click on this, we may earn a small commission. This helps us fund This Is Money and keep it free to use. We do not write articles to promote products. We do not allow a business relationship to compromise our editorial independence.

8 bars (with happy hours) in the CBD for late-night business meetings

0

Here’s one thing we all agree on: business meetings suck, especially when they’re scheduled after hours. But with the recent lifting of the ban on late night alcohol consumption in dining venues, we now have the option of taking our meetings outside of the meeting room and chatting in a light setting around food and drink.

Read also : 4 things Singapore businesses need to know about the 2022 revised safe management measures

Here are 8 bars in the CBD (with happy hours) or in centralized locations that will make your late-night business meetings much more enjoyable.

#1 Oriole Cafe + Bar

Source: Oriole Cafe + Bar

Coffee shop by day, lively bar by night, Oriole Coffee + Bar offers a wide selection of delicious food, appetizers and desserts including fish tacos ($20), Gula Melaka lava cake ($12). Happy Hour specials include $8 draft beers, $9 wines, and exclusive 1-for-1 promotions.

The good thing about Oriole Coffee + Bar is that there are many options for you to choose from if you are not a drinker, such as a selection of 0% non-alcoholic wines, cold pressed juices and Japanese Taisho coffee, so there’s no need for you or your co-workers to feel left out even if you’re in alcohol rehab. The extensive all-day dining menu is also helpful!

Happy Hours: Sunday to Thursday (2 p.m. to 8 p.m.), Friday and Saturday (2 p.m. to 6 p.m.; 8 p.m. until late)

Address: 96 Somerset Rd, #01-01, Singapore 238163

Opening hours: Monday to Thursday (11am – 10.30pm), Friday (11am – 11.30pm), Saturday (10am – 11.30pm), Sunday (10am – 9.30pm)

Website | Facebook | Instagram | Book here

#2 KPO Cafe Bar

Source: KPO

Located at the junction of Killiney, Penang and Orchard Roads, KPO is a post-war modernist style building that features a cozy interior with sophisticated vibes. The two-story bar offers an international menu that includes hearty eastern and western dishes such as KPO Hokkien Mee ($17), Pizza Yorkshire ($25) among others. The beverage offering includes craft beers on tap, as well as a range of spirits, cocktails and wines. Happy Hour specials include $10 draft beer, $11 house spirits, and 15% off all premium bottles.

If you are a car enthusiast or a Daniel Mac-wannabe, KPO is also a great place to check out the supercars which are usually parked at the cafe/bar entrance.

Happy Hours: Monday to Friday (2pm-8pm), Saturday (4pm-8pm)

Address: 1 Killiney Road, Singapore 239518

Opening hours: Monday to Friday (2:00 p.m. – 12:00 a.m.), Saturday (4:00 p.m. – 12:00 a.m.), closed on Sunday

Website | Facebook | Instagram | Book here

#3 Exchange

Source: The Stock Exchange

Located in Marina Bay, The Exchange serves modern Australian cuisine including pastas, burgers and desserts. Marble-clad surfaces, Chesterfield sofas, and pendant lights compose the interior of the metropolitan space, giving off elegant yet chill vibes. Happy Hour specials include beers from $10, spirits from $11, and wine from $13.50.

Happy Hours: Monday to Friday (3 p.m. to 7 p.m.)

Address: 8 Marina View, #01-05, Asia Square Tower 1, Singapore 018960

Opening hours: Monday to Friday (8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.), closed on weekends

Website | Facebook | Instagram | Book here

Acid Bar #4

Via the Acid Bar & Restaurant

Located opposite [email protected], Acid Bar offers a tantalizing menu of local dishes, including Harjeong Soft Shell Crab ($24), Lobster Kueh Pie Tee ($26), among others. Happy Hour specials include 1-for-1 draft beers and spirits, plus $15 house whiskeys every Friday.

Happy Hours: Sunday to Thursday (all day)

Address: 180 Orchard Road, Peranakan Place, Singapore 238846

Opening hours: Daily (4:00 p.m. – 12:00 a.m.)

Website | Facebook | Instagram | Book here

#5 Jekyll and Hyde

Source: Jekyll & Hyde

One of Singapore’s pioneering cocktail bars, Jekyll and Hyde has been revived as a restaurant that serves jazzed up versions of zi char-inspired menu items such as Wagyu Char Kway Teow ($25), Kurobuta Fried Carrot Cake ($22) among others.

But don’t let the unique menu fool you. It’s still pretty much where you want to go for their collection of curated cocktails inspired by Singapore’s unique flavors. Happy Hour specials include classic cocktails, house beer, $12 red and white wine.

Happy Hours: Tuesday to Friday (6 p.m. to 7 p.m.)

Address: 74 Neil Road, Singapore 088839

Opening hours: Tuesday to Friday (6 p.m. – 12 a.m.), Saturday (12 p.m. – 4 p.m.; 6 p.m. – 12 a.m.), Sunday (12 p.m. – 5 p.m.)

Website | Facebook | Instagram | Book here

#6 Tess Bar & Kitchen

Source: Tess Bar & Kitchen, Instagram

Tess Bar & Kitchen is an industrial-style establishment that serves an eclectic selection of European dishes and a range of drinks, including bespoke cocktails concocted by award-winning bartender Christyne Lee. Happy Hour specials include $10 beer, wine, and spirits and $12 cocktails.

Happy Hours: Every day (12 p.m. – 7 p.m.)

Address: 38 Seah St, Singapore 188394

Opening hours: Monday to Thursday and Sunday (12:00 p.m. – 1:00 a.m.), Friday and Saturday (12:00 p.m. – 3:00 p.m.)

Website | Facebook | Instagram | Book here

#7 Emerald Hill #5

Source: 5 Emerald Hill Cocktail Bar

Housed in a Peranakan-style building along Emerald Hill Road, the bar, adorned with antique carvings and Chinese-style tasselled lanterns, exudes a rustic vibe, providing an intimate and cozy environment for patrons. This is also where you can try their famous Tong Shui OL’School Dessert Martinis such as Qing Teng Martini and Chendol Martini. Great for those of us who love dessert (and drink). Promotions include 1-for-1 martinis with prices starting at 2 for $22.

Happy Hours: Every day (12 p.m. – 8 p.m.)

Address: 5 Emerald Hill Rd, Singapore 229289

Opening hours: Sunday to Thursday (12 p.m. to 2 a.m.), Friday to Saturday (12 p.m. to 3 a.m.)

Website | Facebook | Instagram | Book here

#8 The secret mermaid

Source: The Secret Mermaid

Tucked away in a basement corner of the Ocean Financial Center, The Secret Mermaid has a library of craft American liquors that includes gins, whiskeys, vodkas and tequilas. Accompanying their whimsical concoctions are bar snacks such as Beef Croquette ($14), Napoleon Dynamites ($6) among others. Happy hour specials include $10 draft beers, $12 wines, and $14 cocktails.

Happy Hour: 5:00 p.m. – 7:00 p.m.

Address: Ocean Financial Center #B1-09 10 Collyer Quay S049315

Opening hours: Monday, Wednesday to Friday (5:00 p.m. – 11:00 p.m.), Tuesday (5:00 p.m. – 10:30 p.m.), closed on weekends

Website | Facebook | Instagram | Book here

Power your business with digital business banking solutions

OCBC Velocity helps you view all your account details, is integrated with electronic invoicing and cash management capabilities and access to our award-winning trade finance solutions. Use OCBC Velocity, your business in your hands.

Join the DollarsAndSense business community

For more content that helps entrepreneurs, freelancers, and self-employed people learn how to build better businesses, join the DollarsAndSense business community on Facebook.

The eight things you should NOT do on the highway according to the rules of the road

0

Driving on the freeway can sometimes be hellish. The stop-start traffic, crashes and diversions are enough to make even seasoned drivers tear their hair out.

In addition to normal traffic rules, highways have additional restrictions that can confuse and irritate motorists who haven’t read their driving theory. Breaking these rules could get you in a lot of trouble, even a traffic accident.

No tractors on the highway, no hitchhiking and no reversing are just some of the rules that drivers who have had their license for a while might not be aware of. We have compiled below a list of traffic rules that drivers “MUST NOT” taking a break or facing a road check by the traffic police.

READ MORE:M5 crash between van and car causes oil spill and nine mile queues

1. Prohibited vehicles

The highway should only be used by specific vehicles such as cars, vans and trucks. Drivers of these vehicles must have a full UK license for the vehicle they are driving.

Tractors and mobility scooters should not be driven on the highway.

Highway Code 253 states: Highways MUST NOT be used by pedestrians, holders of provisional motorcycle or car licences, drivers of motorcycles under 50 cc, cyclists, horse riders, certain slow vehicles and carriers of bulky loads (except with special authorization), agricultural vehicles and electric wheelchairs/electric mobility scooters

2. Disobey freeway signs

Although some highway signs can be advisory, such as an orange traffic warning sign, drivers can get into a lot of trouble if they don’t follow certain highway warning signs. If you see a sign with a flashing red light, you should follow its instructions.

Highway Code 258 states: “Flashing red light signals and a red ‘X’ on a sign identify a closed lane in which people, stopped vehicles or other hazards are present. You

  • MUST follow directions on signs before a closed lane to move safely to an open lane
  • MUST NOT drive in a closed lane. A sign will inform you when the lane is no longer closed by displaying a speed limit or the word ‘END’

“Where flashing red lights and all lanes closed are shown on a sign, the road is closed. You

  • MUST NOT go beyond the sign in any lane or use the hard shoulder to avoid a road closure unless instructed to do so by a police or traffic officer.”

Highway Code 257, which covers amber advisory warnings, states: “Flashing amber lights. These signals warn of danger ahead. You must

  • reduce your speed
  • be ready for danger
  • only increase your speed when passing a non-flashing signal, or a sign displaying a national speed limit or the word ‘END’, and you are sure you can do so safely.


3. Speeding

Every driver knows that exceeding the speed limit is an offense, but some might think that temporary speed signs are just advice. If you see a speed limit in a red circle on the highway, you should follow that speed.

Highway Code 261 states: “You MUST NOT to go past

  • a speed limit displayed in a red circle on a sign
  • the maximum speed limit for the road and for your vehicle (see Rule 124).

“Speed ​​limits are enforced by the police”

4. Illegal road movements

Did you know that you cannot reverse on the highway, even if you are stopped in a rest area or on the hard shoulder? There are a few road movements that are automatically illegal unless directed by a police officer.

Highway Code 264 states: “Unless instructed by a police or traffic officer, you MUST NOT

  • backing up along any part of a highway, including ramps, emergency shoulders, and emergency zones
  • cross the central reservation
  • ride against the tide.

“If you missed your exit, or if you took the wrong route, continue to the next exit”



A screenshot from a video showing the crazy moment a driver uses the hard shoulder to avoid delays
A screenshot from a video showing the crazy moment a driver uses the hard shoulder to avoid delays

5. Vehicles prohibited from using the right lane

Sometimes referred to as the “fast lane”, the rightmost lane of the freeway is reserved for certain vehicles when overtaking. However, there are a number of vehicle types that are not permitted to use this lane.

Highway Code 265 states: “The right lane of a highway with three or more lanes MUST NOT be used (except in prescribed circumstances) if you are driving

  • any vehicle towing a trailer
  • a goods transport vehicle with a maximum laden weight exceeding 3.5 tonnes but not exceeding 7.5 tonnes, which must be equipped with a speed limiter
  • a goods transport vehicle with a maximum laden weight exceeding 7.5 tonnes
  • a passenger vehicle with a maximum laden weight exceeding 7.5 tonnes constructed or adapted to carry more than eight seated passengers in addition to the driver
  • a passenger vehicle with a maximum laden weight not exceeding 7.5 tonnes which is constructed or adapted to carry more than eight seated passengers in addition to the driver, who must be fitted with a speed limiter.”

6. When Can You Use Hard Shoulder

The lane to the left of the “slow lane” on the freeway is known as the hard shoulder and is widely used by emergency vehicles to avoid traffic. It can sometimes be used by other drivers when overhead signage displays a speed limit on that lane

Highway Code 269 states: “You MUST NOT use hard shoulder except in an emergency or when told to do so by police, traffic officers or a traffic sign.

hard shoulder (when used as an additional channel). Hard shoulder is used as an extra lane on some highways during times of congestion. A red “X” or an empty sign above the shoulder means you MUST NOT use the hard shoulder except in an emergency.

“You can only use the hard shoulder as an additional lane when a speed limit is posted above the hard shoulder.”



7. You can’t stop on the freeway

If a call comes in to your phone, it may be tempting to pull over to a curb or hard stop zone to answer it. This is not allowed anywhere on the freeway and you must wait until you have left the freeway to stop your vehicle.

Highway Code 271 states: “You MUST NOT Stop on any carriageway, emergency area, shoulder, ramp, median or hard shoulder, except in an emergency or when police, traffic officers, an emergency sign or red signal lights turn signals warn you.

“Do not stop on any part of a highway to make or receive mobile phone calls, except in an emergency.”

8. Don’t pick up or drop off anyone on the freeway

Although this rule is brief, it clearly states that you should not stop to pick someone up, or even walk on the freeway. So if you see someone trying to hitchhike, you could get in trouble with the law or even cause an accident.

Highway Code 272 states: “You MUST NOT picking up or dropping off someone, or walking on a highway, except in an emergency.”

Want our top stories with fewer ads and alerts when the biggest news drops? Download our app at iPhone or android

Wellington and Mousehole draw in the Toolsstation Western League

0

WELLINGTON saved their best home performance until the end with a marvelous fightback to dash the promotion hopes of second-placed Mousehole on the first attempt.

They trailed the highly rated Cornish side 2-0 at the break but controlled the second half to earn a well-earned point.

With manager Tim Legg out, coach Alex Pope named an unchanged starting XI after the fine win over Millbrook.

But they had to ride out an early storm on the Mousehole side that made a huge impression on their first season of Toolstation.

Wellington gradually entered the game only to be stunned by two goals in three minutes from striker Callam Mconie.

He surged past goalkeeper Rob Hall after 36 minutes and then produced an even better finish with a curled shot shortly after.

This put Mousehole – locked in a three-way top fight with Tavistock and Exmouth – in control, but Wellington was far from beaten.

Pope made a tactical substitution at the break, changing things up to introduce Jordan Casey in place of midfielder Glen Wright.

They nearly pulled one out straight away, but Jake Quick’s effort was saved by keeper Ollie Chenoweth with the assistant judging the ball hadn’t crossed the line.

However, they did not contradict themselves and reduced the backlog with a glorious goal on time.

Casey collected the ball outside the box, turned and gave goalkeeper Ollie Chenoweth no chance with a superb shot.

Wellington were in complete control as they cut the wind from the Mousehole sails and deservedly equalized with ten minutes to go.

Man of the match Mark Cornish played an excellent ball over the top and Jake Quick raced past the pressed Chenoweth.

Mousehole had to survive a desperate scramble soon after as Rob Hall in the home goal produced a smart save towards the end of a wonderful Toolstation League football advert.

Wellington, who drew 3-3 at Mousehole on the opening day of the season, showed again that – in their time – they are a match for any team in an incredibly strong division.

Comparing or exceeding is dangerous, and national studies show what each of them entails

0





Comparing or exceeding is dangerous, and national studies show what each of them entails

Less complicated household shore shields can improve circumstances in the Pacific to combat overfishing

The Maui senator is once again campaigning for the development of serious fascination with payday advances

The Hawaiian Islands nowadays produce motor boat loan companies to cultivate the budget with annual interest rates.

Types of put creditors other than 11 choose to take a look at the Hawaiian Islands, which specialize in adjacent economic bundles not income. Their personal loan options are popular for those who end up evaluating the aloha statement, with the delivery of the home clearly being sky-high and people actually receiving the customer, this can then be max in the landscape.

The tiny, short-term information that certainly only goes a fortnight compared to craft or beyond is dangerous, and nationwide testing also shows that all low-income people need financial self-control from time to time.

Maui Rosalyn Baker, a Democrat, is undoubtedly a genuine supporter of reducing annual dues to 36 percent. The region this is certainly hawaiian benefits unsecured surety loans financial products regulators available lending goods with an annual share of great interest for the reason that greater than

Senate readers’ best position for handling profits is tried again and again to lower interest rates. Businesses would recognize their unique suggested cost limit that these people aren’t manufacturers that really are nearly.

This wage advance financial loan online ca. period, Baker seems confident to her that things will be different. Continue reading

Payday loans seem to be losing favor with borrowers. A surge in the popularity of payday capital

Twenty moments measuring financial websites are not worth their money

This installment mortgage comes with no hales, no hidden charges, or any obligations other than the original income. Certainly this is easy because of the loan, you must be able to get the mortgage of your house.

are a lot of money for this one, says Flores. What the tension had been. All of us your business, we imagine we should each try longer. It’s a lost people.

Since the share of home storage space is actually pending, Flores promises the company in question that it was asked about and was actually licensed by eliminating the loans as a payday consumer and continuing to provide funds to present the consumers overall. Continue reading

upstart Consider the original lender that hits the internet and most likely uses some sort of money standing technique that makes it convenient for many borrowers to protect an account. Rather than just pre-calculating along with your credit history and your individual home loan, Upstart will also factor in your scholastic backing to show the staff where many of us have gone, and also your own actual amount it’s own.

That can make the online world website lately beneficial for full-fledged people with no desire or financial responsibility. This is really little. Integrating positively by example figuratively is also an easy answer, or simply getting money you have to start your own secure life.

Online financial institutions undoubtedly do a mild weed of individuals of you if you have a financial task, if you have a financial task, so if you don’t bother your credit report the financial has been approved.

Because of this, we strongly recommend using at least 2-3 sites to determine which one has the best possible fee. It packs less than five to get the job done, and a 1-per-penny contrast can save you big bucks.


Prime Minister pledges UK’s unwavering support to Ukraine during visit to Kyiv: 9 April 2022

0
  • Prime Minister meets President Zelensky in Kyiv and pledges support for the people of Ukraine
  • Leaders discussed support for Ukraine’s long-term survival as a free and democratic country
  • Prime Minister offers new military aid and an additional $500 million World Bank guarantee to support Ukraine’s economy

The Prime Minister is in Kyiv today [Saturday] demonstrate the UK‘s unwavering solidarity with Ukraine and hold in-depth discussions with President Zelensky on military and economic assistance.

He reiterated that the UK will do everything in its power to support Ukraine’s courageous fight against Russia’s brutal and unprovoked invasion and ensure its long-term security and prosperity.

The Prime Minister announced new military assistance of 120 armored vehicles and new anti-ship missile systems, to support Ukraine in this crucial phase as Russia’s illegal assault continues. This is on top of the £100million worth of high-quality military equipment announced yesterday, including more Starstreak anti-aircraft missiles, another 800 anti-tank missiles and high-tech ammunition for precision strikes.

The Prime Minister also confirmed additional economic support, guaranteeing an additional $500 million [£385m] in World Bank loans to Ukraine, bringing our total loan guarantee to $1 billion. This is on top of the £394million the UK has provided in grants and will help ensure the continued operation of vital humanitarian services for Ukrainians.

The UK has responded to the Ukrainian government‘s request by liberalizing all tariffs on imports from Ukraine and granting customs easements, as part of our commitment to the country’s economic stability.

Prime Minister Boris Johnson said:

It is a privilege to be able to travel to Ukraine and to meet President Zelensky in person in Kyiv today.

Ukraine defied odds and pushed Russian forces back from the gates of kyiv, achieving the greatest feat of arms of the 21st century.

It is thanks to the resolute leadership of President Zelensky and the invincible heroism and courage of the Ukrainian people that Putin’s monstrous aims are thwarted.

I have made it clear today that the UK stands steadfast with them in this ongoing fight, and we are in it for the long haul.

We are strengthening our own military and economic support and convening a global alliance to end this tragedy and ensure Ukraine’s survival and prosperity as a free and sovereign nation.

Wessex Internet installs broadband Dorset & Somerset Air Ambulance

0

THANKS to Wessex Internet, Dorset and Somerset Air Ambulance can now do their jobs optimally, using a reliable, super-fast and efficient internet connection.

James Gibson Fleming, founder of Wessex Internet, a specialist rural internet provider, was instrumental in bringing a full fiber optic broadband connection to the Henstridge Airfield base in March.

As a skilled pilot and owner of a local rural business, he quickly understood the challenges facing the Dorset and Somerset Air Ambulance team.

A reliable and uninterrupted internet connection is essential for team operations on the ground and in the air. Adverse weather, medical conditions, difficult terrain and remote locations add to the challenges they face on a daily basis.

He said: “As air ambulance is so important to everyone in our Wessex internet coverage area, our civilian team has given up everything to get that link.

“It was no small feat – we were in the heart of winter and had to traverse 5km of the wettest farmland in the Blackmore Valley.

“We took advantage of dry weather and had two plow crews working simultaneously to complete the link in just two days.”

As a registered charity dependent on public funding, the cost of a full fiber optic connection was an important consideration. The team was therefore delighted when Wessex Internet offered to organize the installation for free.

Bill Sivewright, chief executive of Dorset and Somerset Air Ambulance, said: “Having patients quickly, safely and efficiently, without surprises, requires access to the latest information from a number of different sources.

“However, we increasingly depend on fast and reliable Internet communications for all aspects of our operations, from sharing vital clinical or aeronautical information to education, governance and logistics.

“Introducing full fiber to our air base represents a real investment in the future of our communications.

“Wessex Internet have supported us for a number of years and this latest update to our system is a clear demonstration of their enduring support and generosity for which we are extremely grateful.”

Paul Owen, Operations Manager, Dorset and Somerset Air Ambulance, said: “Having a reliable and fast internet connection ensures that any planning required in bad weather and especially overnight can be done quickly and reliably.

“It also saves us time recording and logging incidents after returning to base and allows us to effectively use platforms like Zoom and Teams, which was usually impractical, especially when trying to communicate remotely. as a great team during periods of confinement.

“The entire process of installing this advanced technology, including digging and digging underground, for crews working both inside and outside the building was extremely smooth. .”

Photo caption:

Pictured are Norton Maby (Installation Engineer) and Michael Rose (Apprentice Installation Engineer), alongside the DSAA team of Ben Channon, Kev Rutherford, Jonny Price and Tom Ghee.

Homeless charity brands plan to ‘cruelly’ fine beggars

0

Homeless charity campaigners have attacked a government proposal to continue to fine beggars as part of a planned reform of 200-year-old vagrancy laws.

Earlier this year the government pledged to repeal the Vagrancy Act – in force since 1824 – which carries fines of up to £1,000 and a criminal record for sleeping rough or begging. The Department of Leveling, Housing and Communities this week launched a consultation to replace the law, which former Secretary of State Robert Jenrick called “outdated”.

But the chief executive of homeless charity Crisis, Matt Downie, said the government‘s plans “don’t really move us forward”. The proposals include possible fines of £200 for beggars.

Mr Downie said: ‘In our experience it is completely counterproductive and in many cases cruel to fine people for begging. And how are they supposed to find the money to pay such fines? It’s still pretty funny.

“We really don’t think people should be criminalized just for being destitute and begging – and for us the only time it’s appropriate is if there’s additional harassment or behavior antisocial – in which case existing legislation fully covers what is needed. So I think the government’s idea of ​​continuing to fine people doesn’t really move us forward on the vagrancy law that they agreed to abolish.

Mr Downie also said we ‘cannot replace one punitive legislation with another’ and expressed concern that the proposals were far too broad and could lead to people being punished instead of be helped. He said: “Instead of focusing on measures that could further penalize people on the streets, the government instead needs to look at how it can encourage a multi-agency approach.”

The government’s consultation paper highlights two case studies which it says describe how fines are “ineffective deterrents” and can be “counterproductive”, but goes on to propose a lower fine of £200. The fine, he said, could be retained in the new legislation as the maximum penalty for “minor begging offences”, while more serious offences, including those involving exploitation, could require harsher penalties.

Types of harmful begging specified in the consultation include persistent begging, or begging in places such as transport hubs, business entrances and ATMs, or when approaching stopped cars in traffic. They also include fraudulent begging, begging organized by more than one person, or begging involving exploitation and coercion.

Housing and Housing Minister Eddie Hughes MP said: ‘No one should be criminalized just because they have nowhere to live, and it’s right that we repeal the outdated Housing Act vagrancy. We must balance our role of providing essential support to vulnerable people with ensuring that we do not weaken the ability of the police to protect communities. »

For more stories of where you live, visit In your region.

Somerset County 911 Celebrates Public Safety Carriers Week

0

SOMERSET COUNTY, Pa. (WTAJ) – Somerset County 911 is honoring the thousands of men and women who are responding to emergency calls to help deliver lifesaving assistance to community members next week.

Somerset County 911 celebrates the second full week of April as National Public Safety Carriers Week, the Somerset County Department of Emergency Services writes on Facebook. The week is sponsored by the Association of Public Safety Communications Officers (APCO) International and celebrated annually.

Recent events have highlighted the work of telecommunications professionals in Somerset County 911. The center has been called upon to serve the community during recent outbreaks of harsh winter conditions. It has been reported that multiple snow squall warnings have been put in place for Somerset County for March 28. Even with those warnings, the Somerset County 911 center handled multiple service calls from citizens and travelers involved in transportation accidents due to poor conditions and limited visibility, according to the department.

“The safety of Somerset County residents and visitors is our primary concern,” said 911 coordinator Brad Lavan. “No matter the emergency, our 911 center and its dedicated staff are ready to answer the call 24/7/365. Each year, the Somerset County 911 center responds to more than 80,000 telephone calls, of which more than 30,000 are emergency calls for the service. We are proud of the professional team we maintain. Without the people behind the helmet, there would be no 911 system. They are truly the first, the first responders.

the Somerset County Board of Commissioners recognized National Public Safety Carriers Week and honored Somerset County 911 personnel by issuing an official proclamation at their official business meeting on March 29.

“Our 911 dispatchers and supervisors are the tip of the spear for emergencies,” said Emergency Services Manager Joel Landis. “Often never seen, but always heard, they are the calm voice during the storm. Our 911 administrative staff supplement them with the fuel needed to keep them running and the skills needed to keep our highly technical systems online. N t forget this week in April the men and women of the Somerset County 911 Center.

Government unveils investment in future energy technologies

0
  • The “UK Energy Security Strategy” draws on hundreds of millions of pounds of investment to develop cutting-edge energy technologies.
  • support will unlock investments and opportunities in hydrogen, advanced nuclear and carbon capture utilization and storage (CCUS)
  • new technologies will boost UK energy security, provide clean, cheap energy to homes and businesses and create thousands of jobs

The Government today (Friday 8th April 2022) launched a massive £375m support package for innovative energy technologies that will power UK homes and businesses for decades and further boost the country’s energy security.

This includes £240m to support hydrogen production as a clean, low-cost energy technology, £2.5m in funding to develop next-generation nuclear technology and a further £5m to carbon capture research.

Today’s investment will support research, development and deployment of these advanced technologies and give the country the energy independence it needs, reducing dependence on expensive fossil fuels. From next-generation nuclear reactors to hydrogen for industry, electricity, transport and potentially heating, the government is revolutionizing the way the UK gets its energy through a range of technologies.

Yesterday’s ‘British Energy Security Strategy’, unveiled by the Prime Minister, outlines how Britain will accelerate the deployment of wind, new nuclear, solar and hydrogen, while supporting the production of short-term domestic oil and gas – which could see 95% of electricity by 2030 being low-carbon.

Business and Energy Secretary Kwasi Kwarteng said:

This investment will unlock the huge potential of hydrogen, advanced nuclear reactors and carbon capture to improve the UK energy landscape and deliver to businesses and households.

High gas prices and Russian aggression in Ukraine have highlighted the urgent need to produce more energy here in the UK.

That’s why we’ve developed bold plans to harness clean, cutting-edge, local technologies and build the energy security we need for the future.

UK Government Minister for Scotland Malcolm Offord said:

Harnessing the huge potential of low-carbon technology is at the heart of our plans to boost the UK’s home energy supply, benefiting families and businesses across the country.

This UK government support will accelerate innovation in some of the most promising technologies, including the development of hydrogen power and next-generation nuclear reactors. Funding for vital carbon capture research, including three projects in Scotland, will help us meet our decarbonisation ambitions.

Government support

Government support today includes:

The £240m Net Zero Hydrogen Fund, which funds low-carbon hydrogen generation projects, with the aim of providing funding from the end of 2022. This will advance the ambition of the government to have up to 2 GW of low-carbon hydrogen generation capacity by 2025 and over 10 GW installed by 2030, using electricity to generate electricity by dividing the water into hydrogen and oxygen.

The hydrogen business model, which will support new investment in hydrogen production with £100 million for electrolytic projects to cover the difference between the cost of production (the strike price) and the price of sale of hydrogen (reference price). Funding for this will be launched this summer.

The Industrial Hydrogen Accelerator, a £26m innovation funding scheme to help UK industry adopt hydrogen as a clean and affordable fuel source for sectors like manufacturing by demonstrating the feasibility of hydrogen to businesses and reducing the cost of switching energy systems.

A £2.5m competition for bidders looking to develop an advanced modular reactor in the UK (RAM). These reactors use new and innovative fuels, coolants and technologies to generate high temperature heat for industrial applications as well as electricity to power homes. Industry representatives are invited to apply for a share of this funding to develop their projects. As well as this, the Business and Energy Secretary also announced today that nuclear regulators (the Office for Nuclear Regulations and Environment Agency) have received £830,000 in additional funding to help bring development from the United Kingdom AMR to bear fruit.

Government funding of £5 million to accelerate carbon capture and storage (CCUS) Technologies under the LAW 3 scheme. CCUS involves the capture, transport and storage of greenhouse gas emissions that would otherwise be released into the atmosphere, meaning that energy can be stored and used. LAW 3 is an international initiative between 14 countries around the world, including the UK, aimed at accelerating CCUS technologies by funding research and innovation projects and the funding will support the commercialization of the technology so that companies right here in the UK can invest in it.

In addition to this funding, the government also publishes a series of important documents and guidelines to support the development of these industries.

Government support for hydrogen is also being complemented by significant private investment, including ITM Power’s announcement of a new electrolyser plant in Sheffield which will support the hydrogen industry and create 500 jobs.

More information

All of these programs are supported through the Net Zero Innovation Portfolio.

In addition to the investments detailed above, we also publish the following.

the Hydrogen investor roadmap to highlight the many investment opportunities across the hydrogen value chain and boost private hydrogen investment to help boost the UK’s hydrogen industry based on clean and affordable energy. the CCUS Investor roadmap will be published alongside and summarizes current government and industry engagement, outlining further opportunities to provide CCUS and stimulate investment.

the response to our consultation on a low carbon hydrogen standardwith the aim of setting a maximum threshold of greenhouse gas emissions allowed in the production process for hydrogen to be considered low carbon under the Net Zero Hydrogen Fund and the business model of the ‘hydrogen.

the Hydrogen business model to advance significant private investment in new low-carbon hydrogen generation, with the government providing initial support of £100m to the income funded by the Industrial Decarbonisation Aid and the revenue from the hydrogen (IDHRS) diet.

the response to our consultation on the Hydrogen Business Model also provides an update on government reviews of hydrogen grid and storage infrastructure needs in the 2020s and beyond, as planned in the Hydrogen Strategy.

The industrial hydrogen accelerator

The Industrial Hydrogen Accelerator is a £26 million innovation funding program to support the demonstration of the end-to-end industrial fuel shift to hydrogen in the UK. It aims to prove the feasibility and reduce the costs and risks of hydrogen fuel switching systems.

The scope will include the entire technological chain, from hydrogen generation and storage to industrial end use, including the integration of components in a single project.

The projects will develop knowledge on the design and implementation of industrial hydrogen systems and present “first-of-its-kind” plans to enable deployment in the late 2020s.

The fund will open for applications the week of April 25, 2022, and demonstration projects must be completed by March 2025. Find more information on the IHA.

LAW 3

LAW 3 is an international initiative between 14 countries around the world, including the UK, to accelerate and mature the capture, use and storage of carbon (CCUS) technologies by financing research and innovation projects. CCUS involves the capture, transport and storage of greenhouse gas emissions that would otherwise be released into the atmosphere.

LAW partners include the Province of Alberta, Denmark, France, Germany, Greece, India, Italy, Netherlands, Norway, Romania, Switzerland, Turkey, Kingdom United and the United States.

The British element of LAW 3 program is funded by the NZIP and will provide up to £5 million in funding until March 31, 2025 for CCUS developers to do further research. The £5m provided by the UK will contribute to a total funding pot of around £40m (including in-kind and industry funds), of which around £25m is being provided by LAW the partners.

LAW 3 follows LAW 1 and 2 which provided a total of around £58m, where 15 UK projects were funded for a total of £13m from this pot. Key results of the program include international collaboration, dissemination of results and promotion of accelerated CCS technologies to full scale/commercialization. Learn more about LAW.

RAM Demo program

High temperature gas reactors (HTGR) are central to this innovation agenda, as they maximize opportunities for decarbonizing process heat by 2050. This was announced at the Nuclear Industry Association (NIA) annual conference on December 2, 2021 by Minister of Energy Greg Hands.

the RAM Research, Development and Demonstration Program: Market engagement was completed in February and March 2022.

Previously, we published a pre-information notice setting out our intention to publish the official competition documents for the initial phase (Phase A) of the program in spring 2022.

We may have found the best empanadas in New Jersey

0

One good thing about growing up in an Italian neighborhood in Union City that turned Hispanic was the food. Especially the empanadas. If you’re looking for the best empanadas, look no further than Latin Bites in Manalapan.

Latin Bites has been in business since 2018 serving Puerto Rican and Cuban fusion cuisine and they do this not only with a great restaurant but also with food trucks.

I spoke with the owner Rodolfo Villanueva aka “Roy”:

What’s your background?

“When I was a kid in Puerto Rico and my mom made some of the appetizers we sell now, I would take her around town and sell them and when I turned 50 I sold my business and I decided to get back into the food business and it’s been doing great.”

What can you tell us about your menu?

“Our menu is a fusion of Cuban and Puerto Rican cuisine.”

What makes your empanadas so good?

“All of our empanada stuffings are homemade with freshly made Sofrito and 100% meat with no fillers or preservatives! But empanadas aren’t just what we’re known for, our bites are a hit! with very popular meat on the island of Puerto Rico.) But our greatest pride is ‘The BIG PAPI.’ This is our Cuban sandwich, the biggest Cuban sandwich you’ll find in Jersey: a 1 1/2 pound sandwich topped with a 12 hour roast pork topped with garlic mojo, swiss cheese, pickles ham and of course mustard, all on 14 inches of Cuban bread! It’s to die for.”

“You’re still writing posts on your website to communicate with your fellow foodies. This season we’re adding new options, come visit our Manalapan restaurant or visit our own trucks. We attend many NJ festivals and events, but we also have our home bases where we park throughout the week. Visit our website to find a truck near you today.”

What would you like to say to those reading this?

“Come visit us and try our food, you will fall in love… We promise.”

The views expressed in the above post are those of New Jersey 101.5 talk show host Steve Trevelise only. Follow him on Twitter @realstevetrev.

You can now listen to Steve Trevelise — On demand! Learn more about the personalities of New Jersey and what makes the Garden State interesting. Download Steve Trevelise’s show wherever you get podcasts, on our free app, or listen now:

These are the best hiking spots in New Jersey

A trip to New Jersey doesn’t have to be just the beach. Our state has incredible trails, waterfalls and lakes to enjoy.

From the Pine Barrens to the Appalachian Trail to New Jersey’s hidden gems, you have plenty of options for a great hike. Hiking is a great way to spend time outdoors and enjoy nature, plus it’s a great workout.

Before you hit the trails and explore some of our listeners’ suggestions, I have some tips on hiking etiquette from the American Hiking Society.

If you descend and encounter an uphill hiker, pull to the side and give the uphill hiker some space. An uphill hiker has the right of way unless they stop to catch their breath.

Always stay on the trail, you may see side paths, unless marked as an official trail, avoid them. Going off the trail, you risk damaging the ecosystems around the trail, the plants and wildlife that live there.

You also don’t want to disturb any wildlife you encounter, just keep your distance from the wildlife and continue hiking.

Cyclists must yield to hikers and horses. Hikers should also give in to horses, but I’m not sure how many horses you’ll encounter on New Jersey trails.

If you plan to take your dog on your hike, they must be on a leash and be sure to clean up all pet waste.

Finally, pay attention to the weather, if the trail is too muddy, it’s probably best to save your hike for another day.

I asked our listeners for their suggestions on the best hiking spots in New Jersey, check out their suggestions:

Municipal tax bill for every city and town in NJ, filed

Just under 30 cents of every $1 of property taxes collected in New Jersey supports municipal services provided by cities, townships, boroughs, and villages. Statewide, the average municipal tax bill alone in 2021 was $2,725, but that varied widely from over $13,000 in Tavistock to nothing in three townships. In addition to the $9.22 billion in taxes for municipal purposes, special tax districts that in some locations provide municipal services such as fire protection, garbage collection or economic development collected 323, $8 million in 2021.

Why the Easter airport travel chaos could be even worse this weekend

0

Holidaymakers are looking to the weekend’s Easter getaway with a mixture of apprehension and excitement as airport disruption continues. Many flights have been canceled and families have missed vacations despite arriving at airports with plenty of time to spare.

On Wednesday, more than 100 scheduled flights from the UK were canceled. British Airways has canceled at least 78 flights from Heathrow and easyJet has cut at least 30 from Gatwick.

People who hoped to make the most of the relaxed Covid travel rules have seen their trips affected as the airline industry suffers from a surge in coronavirus-related illnesses and a shortage of workers after job cuts jobs during the pandemic. The rate of staff absences at easyJet is around double normal levels.

The situation could worsen this weekend as the airports will be used by travelers returning from trips during the first week of the truce, and those leaving for the second week of the school holidays. Some Easter school holidays also do not start until next Monday.

Manchester Airport was hit hard by the resignation of its chief executive Karen Smart on Tuesday after weeks of disruption to passengers. Passengers also reported long queues at Heathrow and Birmingham airports.

Why so many delays?

Airports are grappling with the combination of staff shortages and increased demand as many families travel abroad for the Easter school holidays, which are the first since Britain’s coronavirus restrictions for international travelers have been discontinued.

What are we doing to reduce the impact on passengers?

To reduce the impact on passengers, most cancellations are made at least one day in advance and on routes with multiple daily flights, so passengers can be offered alternative departures.

British Airways said many of its cancellations include flights cut as part of its decision last month to cut its schedule until the end of May. This was done to increase reliability due to the increase in Covid-19 cases.

Manchester Airport said in a previous statement: “As we continue to recover from the pandemic and passenger numbers increase, security queues can sometimes be longer than normal. If you need to travel in the next few weeks, please arrive at as soon as your airline allows. We apologize to our customers for the disruption.”

What did the people endure?

Travelers faced long delays and chaotic scenes, with queues outside the terminals to reach check-in counters and hordes of people waiting to go through security and collect their luggage .

Piles of suitcases were left in the terminals after travelers gave up waiting to collect their bags and instead left to go home.



Cancellations and delays have created large queues at Manchester Airport

What to do if your flight is delayed or canceled during Easter chaos

When can I get compensation?

The good news is that airlines are obligated to pay if your plane is delayed or canceled through their fault; the bad news is that it depends on where you are flying and who owns the aircraft. If disruption is caused departing from the UK, you are covered. But if a problem arises on the way back, you’ll only get help if you’re flying with a UK or EU airline. All of the information below applies to both of these cases.

For travel with a non-EU airline to a destination outside the UK, you will need to check with the individual airline.

What are you entitled to after a few hours?

Most airlines will offer you tokens for food and drink to redeem at the airport, as well as access to phone calls and emails if you’re overseas. For short-haul flights (less than 1500 km), the delay must be more than two hours; for the mid-course (1500km-3500km) it is three hours; for long haul (more than 3500km) it is four hours. But don’t expect to go crazy – the amounts usually only cover the bare minimum.



Queues at Manchester Airport Terminal 1
Queues at Manchester Airport Terminal 1

What are you entitled to after long delays?

For longer flight delays, you may be entitled to a hotel room (if your flight is delayed overnight) and, in some cases, vouchers for future use. Again, the amount will depend on the delay and the distance of the flight.

If your flight is delayed for more than five hours, you can choose to cancel and receive a full refund, as well as reimbursement for any other parts of the trip that you will not be able to complete. Alternatively, you can claim up to £520 in compensation if the airline is to blame.

What happens if the flight is cancelled?

In this case, you can ask for a full refund or ask the airline to book another flight to get you to your destination. Legally, you can also claim compensation if your replacement flight arrives more than two hours later than originally scheduled, or if you were notified less than 14 days before a cancellation. For less than seven days’ notice, you are entitled to between £110 and £520.

How to make a claim

First, contact your airline. If you don’t have an answer, check if the airline is a member of an Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) body. You can also report the case to the Civil Aviation Authority (caa.co.uk). It’s also worth checking with your travel insurance to see if you’re covered. Other useful bodies include Citizens Advice (citizensadvice.org.uk)

Pay attention to the acts of God

Unfortunately, if weather conditions or natural disasters cause delays or cancellations, it will not be possible to file a claim with an airline. Instead, check the terms and conditions of your insurance policy.

Point

If you are taking a multi-hop trip with different airlines for each leg, be sure to include all flights on the same reservation. It will be easier to claim compensation if part of the journey is disrupted.

The deadline is approaching to register to vote in the May elections

0

People hoping to have their say in elections taking place across the UK next month have just days left to register to vote.

Contests are held on May 5 in each of the four nations, with every council seat in Scotland, Wales, London and many parts of England up for grabs, as well as the election of a new assembly of ‘North Ireland.

But people who haven’t yet registered to vote or aren’t sure if they’re currently eligible have little time to apply.

In England, Wales and Northern Ireland, the deadline to register to vote is a week away on April 14, while in Scotland the deadline is April 18.

(PA graphics)

Most of the seats in the May 5 election were last contested in 2018, when the UK was still in the European Union, the Prime Minister was Theresa May, Labor was led by Jeremy Corbyn and the leader Liberal Democrat was Vince Cable.

The UK’s political landscape has undergone huge changes over the past four years.

Yet many of the issues that can decide local elections remain the same, such as the timing of trash collection, the state of neighborhood parks and sidewalks, and access to libraries and hospitals.

This year’s elections should also be a verdict on key party leaders and their handling of national issues such as Covid-19 and the cost of living.

This will be the first major electoral test for Prime Minister Boris Johnson since the partygate scandal.

Labor leader Sir Keir Starmer and Lib Dem leader Sir Ed Davey will be judged on their parties’ ability to make gains at the expense of the Tories.

In Scotland and Wales, the SNP and Plaid Cymru will want to hold their own in the face of challenges from parties across the UK.

And across the country, smaller groups like the Greens, residents’ associations and independents are hoping to cause surprises and upheaval.

Ailsa Irvine, Director of Electoral Administration and Guidance at the Electoral Commission, said: “With only a week until the registration deadline, time is running out to ensure you can participate in the May elections.

“These elections are an important opportunity to make your voice heard and have a say in who represents you on issues that directly affect everyday life.

“It’s quick and easy to register – it only takes five minutes online at www.gov.uk/registertovote. All you need is your name, date of birth and national insurance number.

“If you have recently become eligible to vote or have moved, it is particularly important that you ensure that you are correctly registered. If you were registered to vote in the last election and your contact information has not changed, you do not need to do anything.

POLITICS Elections
(PA graphics)

On Thursday, May 5, the elections will take place for:

– Every local authority in Scotland, Wales and London
– The Regional Mayor of South Yorkshire as well as the Borough Councils of Barnsley and Sheffield
– 60 district councils, 31 metropolitan boroughs and 19 unitary authorities in the rest of England
– North Yorkshire and Somerset County Councils
– The 90 seats of the Northern Ireland Assembly
– Local Mayors of Croydon, Hackney, Lewisham, Newham, Tower Hamlets and Watford

There is also a referendum in Bristol on whether to retain or abolish the city’s elected mayor.

Here are the key dates counting down to Election Day on May 5:

– April 12: Deadline in Northern Ireland to request a postal or proxy vote.
– April 14: Deadline in England, Wales and Northern Ireland to register to vote.
– April 18: Deadline in Scotland to register to vote.
– April 19: deadline in England, Scotland and Wales to request a postal vote.
– April 26: deadline in England, Scotland and Wales to request a proxy vote.
– May 5: election day. Polling stations open from 7 a.m. to 10 p.m.
– Night 5/6 May: First expected results. The count for the election in Britain is set to run through May 6 and into May 7, while the final results in Northern Ireland may not be announced until May 8.

UK Politics Live: Tories’ two-child policy targeting ‘welfare thieves’ is main driver of child poverty, report finds | Politics

0

Financial pressures on many UK households and businesses have intensified today as National Insurance rates are raised to raise funds for the NHS and social services.

Despite the cost of living crisis, the government continued with its 1.25 percentage point hike in National Insurance, announced last September.

The move means millions of workers will start paying higher national insurance contributions from today, the start of the new fiscal year.

Companies will also see their contributions increase, at a time when they are already juggling rising costs. Dividend income tax rates also increase by 1.25 percentage points.

Business groups, unions and some Tory MPs had all pushed the government to delay the increase, given the financial pressures on workers and businesses.

The ‘health and social care tax’ is set to rise by around £12billion a year, to tackle the backlog of cases in the NHS due to the pandemic, and also to reform routine services .

Today’s changes mean those earning over £9,880 will now be liable for 13.25% NI contributions, up from 12% previously. Income over £50,270 will be charged at a rate of 3.25%, down from 2% previously.

But from July National Insurance will only start being charged on earnings over £12,570, because Chancellor Rishi Sunak announced a £3,000 increase in the NI threshold in the statement last spring. This will take around two million workers out of direct tax in total (if they earn less than £12,570 a year).

According to Resolution Foundationanyone earning less than £32,000 a year will be better off under the combination of these two policies from July.




UK National Insurance changes Photograph: Resolution Foundation

But other changes come into effect for the new tax year, including a freeze on income tax thresholds. This will cause more people to pay taxes, or more taxes, if their salary increases over the next few years.

This will make it harder for households to manage rising costs, such as the spike in energy bills last week.

Resolution Foundation
(@resfoundation)

In April 2022, the UK’s cost of living crisis will intensify as energy prices more than halve overnight, pushing 5 million English households into energy stress, even taking account of the support measures recently announced by the Chancellor: https://t.co/1sL3kMHK30 pic.twitter.com/6O4gOARCCp


April 5, 2022

Prime Minister Boris Johnson defended National Insurance increases, saying the health service needs more resources:


We need to be there for our NHS in the same way it is there for us. Covid has led to the longest waiting lists we’ve ever seen, so we’ll be providing millions more tests, checks and surgeries in the biggest catch-up program in NHS history.

We know it won’t be a quick fix and we know we can’t fix waiting lists without fixing social care. Our reforms will end once and for all the cruel lottery of spiraling and unpredictable care costs and bring the NHS and social care closer together. The tax is the necessary, fair and responsible next step, providing our health and care system with the long-term funding it needs as we recover from the pandemic.

The government says the levy means:

  • It will start raising billions to tackle Covid backlogs and reform routine services.
  • £39billion over the next three years will put health and care services on a sustainable footing.
  • It will deliver the biggest catch-up program in NHS history and end spiraling social care costs.

You can follow the company’s liveblog which covers the rise of National Insurance in detail today:

Slick Cash Loan offers instant loans with guaranteed online approval in the USA

0


Slick Cash Loan makes it easy for anyone to get a loan with instant loans online with guaranteed approval.

Slick Cash Loan, the leading online lending service known for its fast and reliable lending services, now offers online instant loans with guaranteed approval in the United States. People who are short on cash can get in touch Slick Cash Loans to get a guaranteed instant loan to meet their unexpected financial obligations.

“Our goal is to get you quick financial help that our clients need with guaranteed approval,” says the Slick Cash Loan spokesperson. “Many people prefer our company’s quick service to get instant cash advance. Compared to the classic lending business, you can apply for a loan without any restrictions.”

Those trying to get an instant loan through traditional lenders have to go through several steps and processes. You will also need to submit many types of documents. They also take into account the creditworthiness of borrowers, who in most cases do not meet the qualifying numbers.

With Slick Cash Loan, the applicant’s credit rating doesn’t matter to get the approval as they follow a no credit check rule. They define what easy and fast cash is all about.

Slick Cash Loan is committed to providing quick financial assistance that borrowers need with guaranteed approval. Many people have benefited from their super fast services as they can get an instant cash advance with ease.

According to Slick Cash Loan’s spokesperson, many who sign up for this type of loan don’t have a credit card. You need a loan that comes with guaranteed approval for the borrowed money.

People are also seeking instant loans with no fixed source of income or those who have rented their homes, earn less than the national average wage, or are separated and divorced. These people are forced to take out loans when they need money in an emergency. You’ll pay back the original amount along with any applicable fees and interest.

Slick Cash Loan instant loans must be paid on time and within the due date. Instant loans are usually offered for two weeks. Failure to pay will result in large fines, fees and penalties.

Slick Cash Loan has an extensive network of partner lenders across the country. Borrowers can quickly find a lender near them and get the money they need without delay. Slick Cash Loan instant online payday loans come with guaranteed approval. This means that all applications are guaranteed to be approved and borrowers will receive the money in a short time.

About Slick Cash Loans:

Slick Cash Loan is the best resource to find the right solution for fast and reliable loans. The credit experts can help borrowers find the best lenders and ensure quick and easy access to the money when needed. Slick Cash Loan has a wide network of affiliates across the United States. The company is characterized by its easy approval and fast financing of all types of loans.

media contact
Name of the company: Slick Cash Loans
Interlocutor: mark snow
E-mail: Send e-mail
Phone: (888) 200-7445
Address:1125 E Broadway No. 545
City: Glendale
Federal state: California
Country: United States
Website: https://slickcashloan.com/

Press Release Distributed by ABNewswire.com

To view the original version on ABNewswire, visit: Slick Cash Loan offers instant loans with guaranteed online approval in the USA

Wellness festival, sliding sports facility among new tourism offerings

0

TOURISM READY FOR A STRONG RECOVERY

Mr. Tan said that the tourism sector is on the verge of a strong recovery, thanks to the many sacrifices and efforts undertaken by the industry over the past two years. This includes retaining important skills, building new capabilities, and updating products and infrastructure.

As many other destinations reopen and step up their inbound tourism campaigns, Mr Tan said Singapore needs to find ways to differentiate itself, in terms of services, experiences and engagement with visitors.

Outlining STB’s plan for the next six to 12 months, Mr Tan said the country was rapidly accelerating its international recovery campaign – SingapoReimagine – around the world, including in Australia, India and Indonesia.

To support in-market efforts, STB will intensify its regional and global partnerships with aviation players such as Singapore Airlines, Qantas and Changi Airport, as well as leading online travel agencies and media partners, to present Singapore.

It will also launch a new incentive program that will provide visitors with a complementary experience when visiting Singapore.

“We want to delight our visitors with hidden surprises so that they experience more of Singapore, in unexpected and delicious ways,” Mr. Tan said.

To do this, he said businesses will need to develop more unique and unusual experiences for visitors, especially repeat visitors who think they know Singapore.

BUSINESS TOURISM

In the medium and long term, Singapore will have to defend and develop its position as a global-Asian hub for business tourism.

“Rumours about the decline of business travel are greatly exaggerated. In the US and Europe, our MICE stakeholders tell us that there is huge demand for face-to-face business meetings, many of them have resumed,” Mr. Tan said.

“Here in Singapore, it’s the same. Most Singapore-anchored trade shows and association conventions are keen to resume full physical events in the coming months,” he added.

The aim is for Singapore to be “a home for the best MICE events”, especially those that can bring together Asian, European and American businesses, he said.

In particular, STB is focused on growing trade events that are relevant to future needs such as sustainability, urban solutions and advanced manufacturing.

“In this way, our MICE sector can support the growth of Singapore-based businesses in these areas, giving them a competitive edge right here in Singapore and enhancing Singapore’s geo-economic relevance at a time when globalization is under serious threat,” did he declare. noted.

From Sublime to Ridiculous: Moments from the Masters of Tiger Woods

0

Tiger Woods revealed on Tuesday that he plans to take part in the 86th Masters this week.

His return to one of golf’s biggest stages comes less than 14 months after he was seriously injured in a horrific car accident in February 2021.

Here, the PA News Agency takes a look at five of the top 15 memorable – and not-so-memorable – memorable moments at Augusta National.

Emotional victory in 2019

Two years after believing his career was over, Woods kept his cool on a wonderfully chaotic final day to win his 15th major title, and first in 11 years, at the 83rd Masters. Overnight leader Francesco Molinari was clear two with seven to go but threw his tee shot on 12 into Rae’s Creek, regretfully admitting his return errors had made him ‘some new fans’ as a closing 70 was enough for Woods to claim a fifth green jacket and his first since 2005. It was the first time Woods had won a major after trailing before the final round and an incredible 3,954 days since beating Rocco Mediate during a play-off for the 2008 US Open, despite a double stress fracture and knee injury which required season-ending surgery.

Complete the “Tiger Slam”, 2001

Tiger Woods won the Open Championship in 2000 as part of the ‘Tiger Slam’ to hold all four major titles at the same time (Rebecca Naden/PA)

Woods arrived at Augusta National in 2001 with the need to win to accomplish the unprecedented feat of holding all four major titles at the same time following his victories at the US Open, Open Championship and US PGA in 2000. Five strokes behind after an opening 70 and two behind after a second-round 66, Woods added a 68 on Saturday for a one-stroke lead over Phil Mickelson. A closing 68 saw Woods take on challenges from Mickelson and runner-up David Duval to claim his second Masters title and complete the “Tiger Slam”.

Moment of magic, 16th hole, final round, 2005

Tiger Woods
Tiger Woods (Andrew Milligan/PA)

Woods held a one-shot lead over playing partner Chris DiMarco with three holes to play when he fired his tee shot on the par-three 16th left of the green. With the collar of rough tightly behind his ball, Woods was faced with a tough shot – co-TV commentator Lanny Wadkins called it “one of the toughest pitches in the whole place here” – far from the pin, but judged him perfectly and watched as his ball rolled inexorably towards the hole. It momentarily paused on the edge, carefully showing the manufacturer’s logo, before tipping into the cup to spark wild celebrations.

Water Troubles 12th Hole Final Round 2020

Tiger Woods
Defending champion Tiger Woods took 10 out of 12 by three in the final round of the 2020 Masters (PA Graphics)

Defending champion Woods made history in the 84th Masters final, held in November due to the coronavirus pandemic – but for all the wrong reasons. Woods was already out of the game when he ran a 10 on the par three 12th, the highest score on a single hole of his entire career. After hitting his first tee shot into Rae’s Creek, Woods took a penalty before hitting his next shot into the hazard, then another penalty before overcompensating and firing his fifth shot over the green into a bunker. Faced with an awkward position in the sand, Woods thinned his sixth shot across the green into the water and eventually landed his eighth shot before two putts from the fringe. Remarkably, Woods rebounded with five birdies in his final six holes.

Controversial penalty, 2nd round, 2013

Seemingly three from the halfway point in 2013, Woods was given a two-stroke penalty before the third lap. His approach to the 15th hole in the second round hit the pin and bounced in the water and, after choosing not to play from the drop zone, Woods opted to play from the same spot as his initial shot. Under Rule 26-1a he was required to drop “as near as possible to the place from which the original ball was last played”, but said in an interview after the round he chose to go “two meters further”. This should have resulted in a two-stroke penalty for playing from the wrong place, but crucial rules officials reviewed footage of the incident, decided Woods had done nothing wrong and did not inform him of the situation. Woods signed for an incorrect score and that would usually have meant disqualification, but under a recent revision to the 33-7 rule, a tournament committee can waive the disqualification if it “is satisfied that the competitor could not not reasonably know or discover the facts resulting from his offence”. rules “.

Musician admits killing teen Bobbi-Anne McLeod

0

A musician has pleaded guilty to the murder of 18-year-old student Bobbi-Anne McLeod.

Cody Ackland, 24, pleaded during a plea preparation and trial hearing at Plymouth Crown Court on Tuesday.

Ackland spoke only to confirm his name and date of birth and admit the murder of the teenager to a date between November 19 and 23.

Prosecutor Richard Posner requested that the sentencing hearing be adjourned due to pending pathology reports to be served.

Close members of the teenager’s family, including her mother, father and brother, sat in the courtroom while friends watched the proceedings on a video link from an adjacent court.

Cody Ackland first appeared at Plymouth Magistrates Court last November charged with the murder of the teenager (Elizabeth Cook/PA)

Judge Robert Linford adjourned sentencing until May 19 and remanded the accused from Radcliffe Close, Southway, Plymouth to custody.

The judge told him, “You have pleaded guilty to murder, the penalty for which is fixed by law.

“I will sentence you on May 19. The penalty will be life imprisonment.

“The only issue will be the minimum sentence I have to impose under Schedule 21 of the Sentencing Act 2020.

“You will be taken into custody until that date and you can come down.”

The judge also thanked the audience for the “commendable way in which you once again behaved during the proceedings”.

Student Miss McLeod was last seen waiting at a bus stop in Plymouth on the evening of Saturday November 20 last year as she left to meet friends.

Her body was found three days later near Bovisand Beach, about seven miles from her home.

Police said there was ‘no known connection’ between Miss McLeod and Ackland.

At an opening inquest held last year, no cause of death was given for the teenager.

In the aftermath of Miss McLeod’s disappearance, a friend told the PA news agency she believed the victim ‘had no idea’ who her attacker or attackers were.

She said her Airpod headphones and tobacco were found at the bus stop where she was last seen.

Death of Bobbi-Anne McLeod
Flowers left on Sheepstor Road in Plymouth (Ben Birchall/PA)

“The fact that Bobbi’s Airpods and bin were at the bus stop shows she would have struggled,” the friend said.

A candlelight vigil was also held at the location where the teenager was last seen alive.

Her mother, Donna McLeod, was in attendance and was visibly upset during the vigil, but was able to thank the crowd for all the love and support her family had received.

“Thank you for doing everything to try to find her and bring our baby home,” she said.

A 16-year-old boy from the wake had known Mrs. McLeod when she was still at the same school.

“I hadn’t seen her in ages and I feel really bad about it, but we used to hang out at school together,” he said.

“She was just nice, just nice, I think that’s why it hit me so hard, not that anyone deserves that, but it’s just awful that it happened to her.”

Ackland was lead guitarist for Plymouth-based indie band Rakuda, who released their debut EP in August last year.

The other members of Rakuda announced in November that they would be disbanding “with immediate effect”, but weeks later said they would be taking a “short break from the music scene” with a view to reforming in the spring of 2022. .

Opinion: 3 Viable Policy Ideas for Nevada Employment Reform

0

This opinion column was submitted by Jose Vasquez-Maldonado, a Democratic candidate for Assembly District 24.

My name is Jose Vasquez-Maldonado, and I’m running for Assembly District 24 to raise awareness of the unhealthy and unsafe conditions of long, mandatory work hours for Nevadans. Such conditions are not only bad for our mental health, but studies have shown that they can cause long-term health problems. In fact, night work can actually make these health problems worse 40-hour workweeks on night shifts can shorten the lifespan of a worker. Therefore, we must base our labor laws on human health, because no one should risk their priceless health for any reward.

Why do I think labor laws are so important? Because, as a working class person, I know the problems workers face every day that our government seems to ignore. It is for this reason that in recent years I have written down viable political ideas that would benefit the working class. From this I gained insight into how our state government could improve the life of the average worker. Here are three policies our government could implement to help the average Nevadan.

► First, we could improve workers’ finances. Did you know workers are paid weekly instead of bi-weekly? could improve their lives? For decades, wages stagnated while inflation continued to rise and rents skyrocketed. So many workers are now living paycheck to paycheck, and too many of them are taking out high-interest payday loans. We could easily eliminate this poverty trap by requiring large companies to pay their employees on a weekly basis. Like the biggest companies are is currently making record profits, there is no excuse not to do this. So we need to pass a law mandating weekly wages because companies won’t change their employees’ payslips without our asking them to. The State of New York has this in his law bookswhy couldn’t nevada do that?

► Second, we could ease the pain of high gas prices. Did you know that by offering commuter flat rates and providing ride-sharing opportunities, Could Multinationals Help the Working Class? With gas prices currently above $5 a gallon, a single gallon costs Nevadans more than half the state hourly minimum wage, which is currently at $9.75 per hour. Any increase in the price of gasoline reduces the disposable income of low-wage workers. And the cost is even higher for workers who use Uber or Lyft every day because they don’t have a car or access to public transit. How can someone build wealth when they have to spend 25% or more of their monthly wages commuting to work?

Also, we have to consider the personal cost, which is the time it takes someone to travel to work. There was a recent story about an insensitive Applebee and Taco Bell franchise manager writing this in a leaked email high gas prices and inflation are good for your business. Since Americans who work at Walmart or any other large corporation don’t even make enough money to cover their living expenses, how can we expect them to bear the high costs associated with commuting to work? Thankfully, there’s an obvious way to lessen their burden. The least giant corporations could do is pay their employees half an hour’s work to get to work. After all, when workers need to be in a certain place at a certain time, it is only fair that the employer contributes to the cost of their commute. The employee would only have to worry about paying for the trip home. Fortunately, companies have been able to save money when it comes to reimbursement of travel expenses. For example, they could reduce the employee’s workweek from five to four days, offer them remote work, or propose a hybrid working model. Since low-income earners are essential workers, large companies need to cover their commute. Our society simply cannot function without them.

► Finally, companies with 50+ employees need to offer their employees some sort of app-based ridesharing or ridesharing service so workers who don’t own a vehicle can easily find a ride instead of spending oodles of money on Uber rides. Tesla has successfully implemented such a system with the carpooling app Scoop, where the carpooler is paid by the company to pick up a colleague at no cost to the passenger. To make commuting and ride-sharing ubiquitous, we need to legislate, because most big companies won’t, out of heart, do it.

Again, why are labor laws so important? Because we can improve the lives of the working class. Our current system limits social mobility and wages do not keep pace with inflation. While workers work for their employers, employers seem to have forgotten that workers are not just a cost, but an asset. In contrast, employees who have received benefits are considered happy. Employers must show compassion and goodwill to their employees. It is very unfortunate that the working class is treated as second-class citizens by their employers. From the 100 Largest Companies in Nevada, most pay starvation wages. We can do better. If we can’t think of a better system than the one we have now, then we have failed as a society. We must stop complying with the current, worsening situation. We must unite in solidarity because we are all workers and deserve better.

Jose Vasquez-Maldonado is a Democratic nominee for Assembly District 24.

Say with:How to submit an opinion column or a letter to the editor

Channel 4 in the UK should be privatized after the return of the government – TBI Vision

0

Alex Mahon (Credit: RTS/Richard Kendal)

Channel 4 in the UK is to be privatized by the UK government, despite strong industry opposition to the move.

C4 CEO Alex Mahon revealed the news in a memo to staff on Monday evening, confirming that Culture Secretary Nadine Dorries would now lead the way to end the organization’s 40-year private ownership.

“We have been advised within the last hour that the government will shortly announce that the Secretary of State has decided to proceed with the proposal to privatize Channel 4,” Mahon told staff.

She added that the broadcaster had “proposed a vision for the next 40 years” which she said would “allow us to build on the successes of the first 40”.

“That vision was rooted in continued public ownership and built on the tremendous public value this model has delivered to date and the potential to deliver so much more in the future.”

Mahon added that “Channel 4’s ownership is with the government to propose and parliament to decide”, suggesting the broadcaster could yet avoid privatization.

History and context

The decision came as a bit of a shock to British industry, after the UK government delayed any decision on privatizing the pubcaster last summer.

In July 2021, the government launched a formal consultation on the privatization of C4, arguing that “the changing media landscape poses significant challenges to the future success and sustainability of Channel 4 under its ownership model and of his current duties”.

A decision was expected soon, but Culture Secretary Nadine Dorries delayed her response after an outpouring of public support for the broadcaster.

More than 60,000 Britons have reportedly submitted their views to the government in favor of its state-owned status, while trade bodies including Pact have warned that production companies will close if privatization continues.

Bankers have estimated the value of C4 at around £650m, with Discovery and ITV among those reportedly interested in an acquisition.

For the broadcaster’s part, Mahon vocally voiced his opposition to a sale. Speaking at RTS Cambridge in September, she said there was “no data or evidence” that taking the UK broadcaster private would create a more diverse ecosystem.

1,000 new homes will be built thanks to a financing partnership with HSBC

0

Hundreds of families in Dorset, Hampshire and Somerset will move into brand new homes over the next five years thanks to a multi-million pound funding package from the government’s Leveling Up Home Building Fund and HSBC UK.

The financial package sees Homes England and HSBC UK working in partnership to provide financing that will enable Wyatt Homes to accelerate the delivery of over 1,000 new family homes across multiple sites.

Of the 1,000 new homes being built, around 30% will be affordable, in a bid to address the lack of affordable properties in Dorset, Hampshire and Somerset.

Neil Elliott, Head of Structured Property Finance at Homes England, added: “We are delighted to be working in partnership with HSBC UK and Wyatt Homes. Our Mezzanine financing once again demonstrates our commitment to supporting SME homebuilders and working with one of the UK’s largest banks to deliver much needed new homes.

Hadyn Beazer, CFO at Wyatt Homes, said, “Getting the right level of financing has been a challenge for SMEs in recent years. We have built a solid land bank over the past 15 years, so securing this funding is a key step in meeting the growth aspirations we want to achieve at Wyatt Homes. We look forward to working with HSBC UK and Homes England to unlock our exciting pipeline projects and then deliver stunning homes over the next five years.

Hugh Taylor, Head of Housing at HSBC UK, said: “Wyatt Homes is an established homebuilder in the South West with a reputation for quality homes. The company has ambitious growth plans supported by a significant land reserve. We are also delighted to be working in conjunction with Homes England, putting in place a financing plan to support the planned growth and accelerate the delivery of new homes in the area. We are delighted to welcome Wyatt Homes as a new customer of HSBC UK.

Wyatt Homes, headquartered in Poole, is a well-established traditional homebuilder, with a track record of delivering award-winning homes in the South West for over 30 years.

Wordle 289 April 4: Wordle Word Clues and Today’s Answer

0

Wordle has taken the world by storm, and if you haven’t given in to the daily game, we can guarantee you’ve seen the elusive squares all over social media.

The game uses the same rules as Scrabble, where only real words are allowed in both the guesses and the outcome.

If you get a letter in the right place and form the correct word, the square turns green.

But if the guessed letter is in the word but not in the right place, the square turns yellow.

Wrong letters turn gray to facilitate the elimination process for the six trials.

Hint for today’s Wordle Monday, April 4

If you’re still trying to save your streak, don’t scroll down yet, maybe some clues will send you on your way.

Today’s word starts with the letter S and ends with the letter L.

It has a vowel.

A name for a piece of cloth that is usually worn over the shoulders.

What is Wordle’s answer for today, Monday, April 4?

If you dropped out of today’s game, we can save you the misery. But those still trying to crack the 5-letter code, look away now.

The word for April 4 is SHAWL.

Wordle New York Times

The game was created by software engineer Josh Wardle, who recently announced that he had sold the popular word game to The New York Times.

In a statement on Twitter, he wrote: “Since launching Wordle, I have been impressed with the response from everyone who has played.

“The game has become bigger than I ever imagined (which I guess isn’t much of an achievement considering I made the game for an audience of just one).

“It was amazing to see the game bring so much joy to so many people and I’m so grateful for the personal stories some of you have shared with me – from Wordle uniting estranged family members, to causing friendly rivalries, supporting medical recoveries.

“On the other hand, I’d be lying if I said it wasn’t overwhelming.

NJ driver, 22, punches and kills girl on bike, authorities say

0

A van driver struck and killed a girl on a bicycle in Bridgewater on Saturday, authorities confirmed.

The Bridgewater Township Police Department said officers responded at the intersection of Fulton Street and 3rd Street in the township around 6:08 p.m. “to a serious motor vehicle accident involving a pedal motor.”

The driver was identified as Maria A. Toribio, 22, of Bridgewater, police said.

Toribio was driving a 2021 GMC Sierra pickup truck northbound on Fulton Street on Saturday night when she hit the girl at the intersection of 3rd Street, police said. The girl, whose identity has not been released as she is a minor, was sent to Robert Wood Johnson Hospital in Somerset and pronounced dead, police added in a statement.

Bridgewater Police Sgt. Frederick Brittain told NJ Advance Media Sunday morning that the crash was still under investigation by the Bridgewater Township Police Department Traffic Safety Office and the Somerset County District Attorney’s Office.

Brittain did not immediately provide additional information. Police also did not respond when asked about the cause of the incident or whether charges or arrests resulted.

Those with information are asked to contact Bridgewater Police Traffic Bureau Constable Kevin Florczak at (908) 722-4111 ext. 4130 or the Bridgewater TIPS line at 877-660-INFO (4636).

Our journalism needs your support. Please subscribe today to NJ.com.

Steven Rodas can be reached at srodas@njadvancemedia.com. follow him @stevenrodasnj.

Protesters gather across the UK to demand the government tackle the cost of living crisis

0

Thousands of protesters gathered in protests across the UK on Saturday to demand that the government pass on soaring energy costs to suppliers rather than low-income workers.

A protest in Downing Street today saw around 100 people, including former Labor leader Jeremy Corbyn, hold signs reading ‘tax the rich’ and ‘freeze energy bills, not the people’.

People took to the streets of London, Birmingham, Bournemouth, Bristol, Cardiff, Cambridge, Coventry, Derby, Doncaster, Glasgow, Hanley, Hull, Ipswich, Lancaster, Leicester, Liverpool, Manchester, Milton Keynes, Newcastle, Peterborough, Portsmouth , Preston, Redcar, Sheffield and Southampton.

Demonstrators hold signs during the People’s Assembly protest against the cost of living crisis on Saturday

(Getty Images)

Notably in Belfast, campaigners were demanding that every household in Northern Ireland be given £1,000 to help mitigate the rising cost of fuel and food.

Meanwhile, outside the Prime Minister’s residence in Whitehall, campaigners gave speeches calling on the government to freeze energy bills and increase benefits.

A 17-year-old protester from north London said the rising cost of living was “a huge problem for many people”.

Speaking near No 10, Isabella Fula said: ‘A lot of people I know are suffering from this personally, and a lot of people who used to live in my area have now moved out due to rising rents and utility bills. ‘energy.

Hundreds of people gather outside the prime minister’s residence

(Anadolu Agency via Getty Images)

“People are not earning enough to support themselves and buy food, or even pay bills that are increasing by the minute.

“I am here to protest against the rent and its rise, and to try to aim for a better future.”

It comes after a cabinet minister earlier said it was not possible to “completely undo” energy price pressures.

But Northern Ireland Secretary Brandon Lewis said the government is “looking…at all levels at what we are doing with public money”, and “will provide whatever support we can as we go along.” as we can” to ease the sting of rising prices.

A protester holds a placard during Saturday’s protest against the cost of living crisis in London

(Getty Images)

Talk to Sky NewsMr Lewis added: ‘I know even this week where I live we’re on oil heat I’ve seen that change directly in the price of oil and actually the ability to get it.

“At my house, my family went for a few days where we had no oil, just waiting for suppliers and seeing the very big price increase on that.

“We can’t completely negate the impacts of global markets and global pressure, for example, on energy, which is obviously the main focus right now for most people.

“But we’ll give whatever support we can, as we can, as I said, looking at…at all levels what we’re doing with public money.”

Responding to Mr Lewis’s remarks, now Independent MP Mr Corbyn said it showed the Government was ‘out of touch with the reality of people’ facing poverty due to the rising cost of living.

Former Labor leader Jeremy Corbyn addresses the crowd outside Downing Street

(Anadolu Agency via Getty Images)

He told the PA news agency: ‘I think it’s a very out of touch statement from a government that is quite out of touch with people’s reality as well.

“I meet people who are terrified of the next bill, so the minimum we need is an energy price cap, and then we have to say, well look at the profits of the energy companies and look at the hardships of the people who lives .

“I was in a food bank this morning and I was talking to people there who don’t want food that they have to cook, because they can’t afford to turn on the gas and electricity to cook it.

“We are in the 21st century and we are the fifth richest country in the world – this is simply not true and the government must intervene.”

Taunton Deane MP Rebecca Pow talks about cycle lane plans in her latest column

0

MANY voters have been in contact about the desperate situation in Ukraine and in particular to urge the government to do all it can to support our Ukrainian friends; I constantly share your views in Westminster. Over the past eight years, our armed forces have trained their Ukrainian counterparts and recently the UK has helped to pay salaries and provide high quality equipment to Ukrainian soldiers, pilots and police.

Additionally, in response to calls for additional assistance, the government is providing an additional 6,000 missiles, more than doubling the defensive lethal assistance provided to date.

Back in the constituency many of you will know that it has long been my ambition, along with many other members of the local community, to secure a cycle route between Wellington and Taunton alongside the extremely busy A38.

Such a cycle path would also provide an important link to the proposed Wellington Rail Station, whose plans I am delighted to say have recently taken another step forward following additional funding of £5m to develop detailed designs and a full business case. .

This puts us on track for a potential opening in 2025. I pledged to work to bring a rail station to Wellington when I was first elected to Parliament in 2015; it is so welcome to reflect that it quickly becomes a reality.

So now is the time to push for the cycle path between Taunton and Wellington. I am launching a petition to present to the government to demonstrate its real need and support. If you’re as passionate about the program as I am and can see the great benefits it would bring whether you’re already a cyclist, thinking about becoming one, or just want to put your shoulder to the wheel to support it , I would be grateful if you would add your name to the petition and share it around you.

All the details are on my site. Let’s put the wheels in motion!

Written by Rebecca Pow, MP for Taunton Deane